US20120109023A1 - Systems and methods to target blood vessel adventitia with transcutaneous focused ultrasound - Google Patents
Systems and methods to target blood vessel adventitia with transcutaneous focused ultrasound Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20120109023A1 US20120109023A1 US13/344,417 US201213344417A US2012109023A1 US 20120109023 A1 US20120109023 A1 US 20120109023A1 US 201213344417 A US201213344417 A US 201213344417A US 2012109023 A1 US2012109023 A1 US 2012109023A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- therapeutic
- ultrasound
- applicator
- ultrasonic
- transducer
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/08—Detecting organic movements or changes, e.g. tumours, cysts, swellings
- A61B8/0833—Detecting organic movements or changes, e.g. tumours, cysts, swellings involving detecting or locating foreign bodies or organic structures
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B50/00—Containers, covers, furniture or holders specially adapted for surgical or diagnostic appliances or instruments, e.g. sterile covers
- A61B50/10—Furniture specially adapted for surgical or diagnostic appliances or instruments
- A61B50/13—Trolleys, e.g. carts
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/08—Detecting organic movements or changes, e.g. tumours, cysts, swellings
- A61B8/0833—Detecting organic movements or changes, e.g. tumours, cysts, swellings involving detecting or locating foreign bodies or organic structures
- A61B8/0841—Detecting organic movements or changes, e.g. tumours, cysts, swellings involving detecting or locating foreign bodies or organic structures for locating instruments
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/12—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves in body cavities or body tracts, e.g. by using catheters
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/44—Constructional features of the ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic diagnostic device
- A61B8/4444—Constructional features of the ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic diagnostic device related to the probe
- A61B8/445—Details of catheter construction
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/82—Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N7/00—Ultrasound therapy
- A61N7/02—Localised ultrasound hyperthermia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/02—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by cooling, e.g. cryogenic techniques
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00535—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated
- A61B2017/00557—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated inflatable
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00637—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for sealing trocar wounds through abdominal wall
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/0057—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
- A61B2017/00641—Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for closing fistulae, e.g. anorectal fistulae
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/36—Image-producing devices or illumination devices not otherwise provided for
- A61B90/37—Surgical systems with images on a monitor during operation
- A61B2090/372—Details of monitor hardware
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/36—Image-producing devices or illumination devices not otherwise provided for
- A61B90/37—Surgical systems with images on a monitor during operation
- A61B2090/378—Surgical systems with images on a monitor during operation using ultrasound
- A61B2090/3782—Surgical systems with images on a monitor during operation using ultrasound transmitter or receiver in catheter or minimal invasive instrument
- A61B2090/3784—Surgical systems with images on a monitor during operation using ultrasound transmitter or receiver in catheter or minimal invasive instrument both receiver and transmitter being in the instrument or receiver being also transmitter
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/39—Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers
- A61B2090/3925—Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers ultrasonic
- A61B2090/3929—Active markers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/39—Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers
- A61B2090/3954—Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers magnetic, e.g. NMR or MRI
- A61B2090/3958—Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers magnetic, e.g. NMR or MRI emitting a signal
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/39—Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers
- A61B2090/397—Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers electromagnetic other than visible, e.g. microwave
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/25—User interfaces for surgical systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/02—Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
- A61B5/026—Measuring blood flow
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/44—Constructional features of the ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic diagnostic device
- A61B8/4405—Device being mounted on a trolley
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/10—Balloon catheters
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to systems of methods for locating arteriotomies.
- the localization is used for therapeutic targeting (e.g., for targeting of high-intensity focused ultrasound).
- Certain medical procedures result in bleeding penetration wounds inside the body, for example via the insertion of devices into blood vessels and/or organs.
- Representative procedures include arterial and venous catheterization for cardiologic or radiologic interventional procedures, needle biopsy procedures, and minimally invasive surgery.
- Improved percutaneous catheterization techniques have enabled physicians to perform an ever-increasing number of diagnostic and therapeutic cardiovascular procedures using devices deployed through arteries and veins.
- the annual number of therapeutic and diagnostic catheterization procedures worldwide is over 14 million and it is continuously growing.
- the arteriotomy targeting aid comprises an inflatable balloon.
- the balloon comprises an elastic polymeric material.
- the soft elastic polymeric material is selected from the group consisting of one or more of a polyamide, a polyamide blend, a polyethylene, a polyethylene terephthalate, a polyurethane, a polyamide, and a polyamide blend.
- the polyamide blend is PBAX.
- the durometer of the balloon material is between 20 A and 90 D. In one embodiment, the durometer of the balloon material is between 80 A and 65 D.
- the durometer of the balloon material is 90 A.
- the arteriotomy targeting aid comprises a mechanical expansible device.
- the arteriotomy targeting aid comprises an arteriotomy locating sensor.
- the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises a temperature sensor.
- the temperature sensor is a thermistor.
- the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises a flow measurement sensor.
- the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises an optical sensor.
- the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises an impedance sensor.
- the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises a Doppler sensor.
- the beacon comprises an ultrasonic transmitter.
- the beacon comprises a radio frequency transmitter.
- the beacon comprises a magnetic field generator.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of determining the location of a therapeutic site in a body, comprising inserting a catheter into the body, wherein the catheter comprises a targeting aid, and manipulating the catheter such that the targeting aid is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the therapeutic site is an arteriotomy.
- manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until a Doppler signal from the targeting aid determines that the targeting aid is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the targeting aid comprises a temperature sensor and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the temperature sensor indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the targeting aid comprises a fluid flow detector and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the fluid flow detector indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the targeting aid comprises an optical sensor and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the optical sensor indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the targeting aid comprises a pressure sensor and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the pressure sensor indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the targeting aid comprises an impedance sensor and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the impedance sensor indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the targeting aid comprises a force detector and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the force detector indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the targeting aid comprises a mechanically expansive device and the method comprises expanding the mechanically expansive device and moving the catheter until the device is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the targeting aid comprises an inflatable balloon and the method comprises inflating the balloon and moving the catheter until the balloon is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site.
- the therapeutic site is an arteriotomy created by an introducer sheath inserted into an artery
- inserting the catheter into the body comprises inserting the catheter and targeting aid through the lumen of the introducer sheath past the arteriotomy and into the artery
- manipulating the catheter comprises retracting the catheter such that the targeting aid approaches the arteriotomy.
- the introducer sheath is retracted simultaneously with retraction of the catheter.
- the targeting aid comprises an inflatable balloon and wherein the balloon is inflated after insertion of the catheter and prior to retracting the catheter.
- One embodiment further includes applying compression above the arteriotomy.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of determining the location of a therapeutic site in a body relative to a therapeutic applicator, comprising inserting a targeting catheter into the body, identifying the location of the therapeutic site using the targeting catheter, and determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator.
- the therapeutic site is an arteriotomy.
- One embodiment further comprises aligning the therapeutic applicator with the therapeutic site based on the relative position of the targeting catheter.
- determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator comprises using triangulation.
- the triangulation is based on magnetic fields.
- the triangulation is based on acoustic signals.
- the triangulation is based on an acoustic time-of-flight determination.
- determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator comprises transmitting an ultrasound signal from a transmitter located on the catheter to multiple receivers located on the therapeutic applicator.
- the transmitter comprises a piezoelectric cylinder.
- determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator comprises determining the acoustic time-of-flight from the transmitter to the receivers.
- determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator comprises transmitting ultrasound signals from multiple transmitters located on the therapeutic applicator to a receiver located on the catheter.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method for sealing a vascular opening in a blood vessel, comprising transiently substantially occluding the blood vessel, applying energy adjacent to the vascular opening such that the opening is sealed, and removing the blood vessel occlusion.
- the blood vessel is a fermoral, brachial, or radial artery.
- the blood vessel is transiently fully occluded.
- occluding the blood vessel comprises applying compressive force to the blood vessel.
- the compressive force is applied using an energy applicator that is used to apply the energy.
- the compressive force is applied to the surface of skin located over the blood vessel.
- applying energy adjacent to the vascular opening comprises directing energy from an energy applicator located on or near the surface of skin over the blood vessel.
- applying energy to the vascular opening comprises energizing an energy applicator positioned inside a patient near the vascular opening.
- the energy applied is acoustic energy.
- the energy applied is high intensity focused ultrasound energy.
- the energy applied is radio frequency energy.
- the energy applied is microwave energy.
- the energy applied is optical energy.
- the optical energy comprises one or more of ultraviolet, visible, near-infrared, or infrared energy.
- the energy is thermal energy.
- the energy is cryogenic energy.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method for sealing a vascular opening in a blood vessel in a patient, comprising inserting a targeting catheter into the blood vessel, locating the vascular opening using the targeting catheter, aligning a therapeutic energy applicator relative to the targeting catheter, initiating a station keeping algorithm configured to detect relative motion between tissue in the vicinity of the vascular opening and the applicator, and applying energy from the applicator to tissue adjacent to the vascular opening to seal the opening.
- inserting the targeting catheter comprises inserting the catheter through the vascular opening.
- the vascular opening is created by insertion of an introducer sheath and inserting the targeting catheter comprises inserting the catheter through the sheath.
- locating the vascular opening comprises manipulating the targeting catheter until a targeting aid on the catheter is adjacent to or at the vascular opening.
- aligning the therapeutic energy applicator comprises detecting the position of the applicator relative to a beacon located on the catheter.
- detecting the position of the applicator relative to the beacon comprises emitting an ultrasonic signal from the beacon to multiple receivers on the applicator.
- the energy is high intensity focused ultrasound.
- the targeting catheter remains in the patient's body during application of the energy.
- the targeting catheter is removed from the patient's body prior to application of the energy.
- One embodiment includes applying pressure to the blood vessel to transiently partially or fully occlude the vessel prior to initiating station keeping.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of detecting tissue movement relative to an ultrasound applicator, comprising emitting first ultrasonic pulses from at least three ultrasound transducers to a target point in the tissue, detecting first ultrasonic echoes with the ultrasound transducers, emitting second ultrasonic pulses from the ultrasound transducers, detecting second ultrasonic echoes with the ultrasound transducers, comparing the first and second ultrasonic echoes, and determining the amount of relative tissue movement using the comparison and directional vectors between the ultrasound transducers and the target point.
- comparing the first and second ultrasonic echoes comprises determining time shifts between the echoes.
- comparing the first and second ultrasonic echoes comprises determining phase differences between the echoes.
- determining the amount of relative tissue movement comprises executing a recursive algorithm.
- experimentally determining the directional vectors comprising a recursive algorithm.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of detecting tissue movement relative to an ultrasound applicator, comprising emitting a first ultrasonic pulse from a first ultrasound transducer to a target point in the tissue, detecting a first ultrasonic echo at a second and third ultrasound transducer, emitting a second ultrasonic pulse from either the second or third ultrasound transducer to the target point, detecting a second ultrasonic echo at the first ultrasound transducer and the non-transmitting second or third ultrasound transducer, comparing the echoes to previously recorded echoes, and determining the amount of relative tissue movement using the comparison and directional vectors between the ultrasound transducers and the target point.
- One embodiment includes detecting the first and second ultrasonic echoes at least one additional ultrasound transducer.
- comparing the echoes comprises determining time shifts between the detected echoes and the previously recorded echoes. In one embodiment, comparing the echoes comprises determining phase differences between the detected echoes and the previously recorded echoes. In one embodiment, determining the amount of relative tissue movement comprises executing a recursive algorithm. One embodiment includes experimentally determining the directional vectors.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of detecting tissue movement relative to an ultrasound applicator, comprising emitting an ultrasonic pulse from a first ultrasound transducer to a target point in the tissue, detecting an ultrasonic echo at the first ultrasound transducer and at a second and third ultrasound transducer, comparing the echo to a previously recorded echo, and determining the amount of relative tissue movement using the comparison and directional vectors between the ultrasound transducers and the target point.
- One embodiment comprises detecting the ultrasonic echo at least one additional ultrasound transducer.
- comparing the echo comprises determining time shifts between the detected echo and the previously recorded echo.
- comparing the echo comprises determining phase differences between the detected echo and the previously recorded echo.
- determining the amount of relative tissue movement comprises executing a recursive algorithm. On embodiment includes experimentally determining the directional vectors.
- FIG. 1 depicts an ultrasound applicator and a visualization of the focused, high intensity ultrasound emitted from the applicator.
- FIGS. 2A-2C are micrographs of femoral arteriotomies sealed with focused ultrasound.
- FIG. 2A illustrates a sealed ovine femoral artery.
- FIG. 2B illustrates a sealed swine femoral artery.
- FIG. 2C illustrates the same artery as FIG. 2B , but viewing it from the intimal surface.
- FIG. 3 is a perspective view of an acoustic hemostasis system.
- FIG. 4A depicts a hand-held therapeutic applicator being positioned onto a patient.
- FIG. 4B is an illustration of the user interface screen located on the hand-held therapeutic applicator.
- FIG. 5 is a flowchart depicting one embodiment of an overall system vascular closure procedure.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram of an introducer sheath located in an femoral artery.
- FIG. 7A is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating the insertion of a targeting catheter into a vessel through an introducer sheath.
- FIG. 7B is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating the inflation of a targeting balloon and compression from a therapeutic applicator.
- FIG. 7C is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating arteriotomy localization.
- FIG. 7D is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating alignment of a therapeutic applicator to the arteriotomy.
- FIG. 7E is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating compression applied to either partially occlude or fully occlude the artery prior to focused energy treatment.
- FIG. 7F is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure at the initiation of station keeping.
- FIG. 7G is a diagram of the vascular closure procedure illustrating the withdrawal of the targeting catheter from the artery.
- FIG. 7H is a diagram of the vascular closure procedure illustrating the dosing of the focused ultrasound in order to perform acoustic arterial hemostasis.
- FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a balloon targeting catheter.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram of the balloon targeting catheter and associated components.
- FIG. 10A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the distal section of a balloon targeting catheter.
- FIG. 10B is an axial cross-sectional view of the distal section of a balloon targeting catheter.
- FIG. 10C an end view of the distal section of a balloon targeting catheter.
- FIG. 10D is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the distal section of a balloon targeting catheter.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating the targeting catheter and ultrasound applicator after arterial localization with the arteriotomy locating beacon emitting ultrasound waves.
- FIG. 12 is an illustration of the user interface for targeting on the arteriotomy.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic illustrating acoustic time of flight targeting of the therapeutic applicator.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic of a cylindrical piezoelectric arteriotomy locating beacon having three possible modes of operation.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic of a therapeutic applicator face having CW/PW Doppler mode transducers, ATOF receivers, and therapeutic transducers.
- FIG. 16 is a graph showing voltage measured on a piezoelectric element from external stress (hard surface).
- FIG. 17 is a graph showing voltage measured on a piezoelectric element from external stress (thumb).
- FIG. 18 is a graph showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement in the X-axis using a pitch-catch algorithm.
- FIG. 19 is a graph showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement in the Y-axis using a pitch-catch algorithm.
- FIG. 20 is a graph showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement in the Z-axis using a pitch-catch algorithm.
- FIG. 21 depicts three graphs showing station keeping detected motion using the conventional approach for elevation rotation.
- FIG. 22 depicts three graphs showing station keeping detected motion using the conventional approach for roll rotation.
- FIG. 23 depicts three graphs showing station keeping detected motion using a recursive approach for elevation rotation.
- FIG. 24 depicts three graphs showing station keeping detected motion using a recursive approach for roll rotation.
- FIG. 25 depicts three graphs showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement using a calculated direction matrix along the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis, respectively.
- FIG. 26 depicts three graphs showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement using a measured direction matrix along the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis, respectively.
- FIG. 27 is a block diagram showing a station keeping system.
- FIG. 28 is a schematic depicting a transucer concept that uses three phased arrays to track multiple points along the z-axis.
- FIG. 29 is a flow chart depicting a Radio Frequency Ultrasound Motion Estimate algorithm for station keeping.
- FIG. 30 is an illustration of an ultrasound applicator user interface during therapeutic dosing.
- FIG. 31 is an illustration of a targeting catheter having a piezoelectric Doppler device as a targeting aid.
- FIG. 32 is a schematic of a targeting catheter located in a femoral artery.
- FIGS. 33A-33C are illustrations of a user interface on the therapeutic applicator.
- FIG. 34 is a schematic illustrating the determination of the distance between an arteriotomy and a beacon/arteriotomy sensor.
- FIG. 35 is a block diagram of an arteriotomy locating system.
- FIG. 36 is a schematic of a forward looking Doppler arteriotomy locating sensor.
- FIG. 37 is a schematic of a side looking Doppler arteriotomy locating sensor.
- FIG. 38 is a schematic of a Z-matching arteriotomy locating sensor.
- FIG. 39 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having a single thermistor at its tip.
- FIG. 40 is a graph of temperature signals from a thermistor bead on a TDTM probe.
- FIG. 41 is a graph of temperature signals from a thermistor bead on a TDTM probe while bleeding is simulated using dropwise flow pulses.
- FIG. 42 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having a single thermistor at its tip under pulsatile flood flow.
- FIG. 43A is a graph of temperature differential measured from experimental setup of FIG. 42 while the TDTM probe bead is moved from the lumen of the femoral artery into the puncture track.
- FIG. 43B is a graph of temperature differential measured from experimental setup of FIG. 42 while the TDTM probe bead is moved from the puncture track under maximal compression (no track bleeding) conditions directly to the lumen of the femoral artery.
- FIG. 44 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having dual thermistor beads near its tip under in vivo pulsatile blood flow conditions.
- FIG. 45 is a graph of temperature signals from the TDTM probe of FIG. 44 .
- the TDTM probe is moved from the positions of both beads located in the lumen to both beads in the puncture track.
- FIG. 46 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having three thermistor beads near its tip.
- FIG. 47 is a graph of temperature differentials measured from a TDTM probe with dual beads in response to therapeutic energy test power pulses delivered from a focused ultrasound applicator.
- FIG. 48 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having two thermistors in conjunction with a non-thermistor partner sensor.
- FIG. 49 is a schematic of a TDTM probe used in conjunction with an invasive cautery or puncture sealing device.
- FIG. 50 is a schematic of an experimental setup for measuring the effects of transient arterial occlusion.
- FIG. 51 is a photograph of the setup depicted in FIG. 50 .
- FIG. 52 is a graph of temperature change during heating of the experimental setup of FIGS. 50 and 51 .
- FIG. 53 is a photograph of the cross-section of the artery treated in the experiment of FIG. 50-52 .
- FIG. 1 depicts an ultrasound applicator 20 emitting focused ultrasound to a focal volume 5 .
- the ultrasound energy is modeled using the Schlieren technique.
- FIG. 1 illustrates the ability to tightly focus ultrasound waves in soft tissue at a distance from its source. If sufficient energy is radiated from an ultrasound source (e.g. ultrasound applicator 20 ), tissue located in the focal volume 5 can be rapidly heated while intervening and adjacent tissues are unaffected.
- an ultrasound source e.g. ultrasound applicator 20
- tissue located in the focal volume 5 can be rapidly heated while intervening and adjacent tissues are unaffected.
- the acoustic hemostasis sealing mechanism relies not on blood coagulation, but rather on the formation of a thermally coagulated collagen cap that adheres to the external elastic lamina and thereby seals the arteriotomy.
- This method of arteriotomy closure is noninvasive, acts on collagen naturally present in the adventitial and perivascular tissues, is unaffected by periprocedural anticoagulation therapy, is effective over a spectrum of wound and vessel sizes, and occurs in a matter of seconds.
- successful acoustic hemostasis treatment is promoted by: (1) adequate compression of the arteriotomy to obviate bleeding, and the consequential convective heat loss, during energy delivery, and to approximate the edges of the arteriotomy; (2) accurate spatial targeting of the ultrasound energy on the arteriotomy site; and (3) sufficient ultrasound energy to coagulate (denature) native collagen in the adventitial and perivascular tissues.
- the ultrasonic systems described herein are designed to satisfy each of these requirements over a diverse patient population and to do so while accommodating the varying skill levels of users.
- the ultrasonic system is intended for noninvasively sealing femoral arteriotomies and reducing time to hemostasis, ambulation and eligibility for hospital discharge in subjects who have undergone diagnostic or interventional catheterization procedures using an 8 French or smaller introducer sheath.
- the system may also be used for other purposes, with other subjects, and other catheterization procedures.
- the system and methods described herein may be used with other energy sources besides ultrasound sources.
- a radio frequency, microwave, optical, or thermal therapeutic applicator may be used.
- the optical applicator may provide one or more of ultraviolet, visible, near-infrared, or infrared energy.
- the thermal applicator may provide heating or cryogenic energy.
- Histopathological examinations of extirpated ovine and porcine arteries treated with varying doses (i.e., intensity and duration of exposure) of focused ultrasound that exceeded the threshold dose for arteriotomy sealing were performed to elucidate the healing pathway subsequent to acoustic hemostasis.
- doses i.e., intensity and duration of exposure
- the blood clots that form in the arteriotomy, adventitia and perivascular tissue were infiltrated with spindle-shaped transformed smooth muscle cells that produced collagen matrix.
- the arteries examined 30 days following the acoustic hemostasis procedure were completely healed.
- the neointima was well organized, covered by intact endothelium, and increased only a minimal amount from the thickness at 14 days post treatment.
- Neovascularization of the healed tissue and neointima was more prominent than at 14 days and appeared to be stabile by 60 days post treatment.
- FIGS. 2A-2C illustrate microscope photographs of femoral arteriotomies sealed with focused ultrasound and then extirpated within 30 minutes of treatment.
- FIG. 2A is a cross-sectional photograph of an ovine femoral artery. The arteriotomy is sealed by formation of a coagulated collagen cap 10 on the external elastic lamina 12 .
- An acute fibrin clot 14 with trapped coagulated red blood cells forms under the collagen cap and extends partially into the vessel lumen 16 .
- the intrinsic fibrinolytic system prevents these clots from expanding into the lumen and occluding it with an acute thrombus.
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional photograph of an ovine femoral artery. The arteriotomy is sealed by formation of a coagulated collagen cap 10 on the external elastic lamina 12 .
- An acute fibrin clot 14 with trapped coagulated red blood cells forms under the collagen cap and extends partially into the vessel lumen 16 .
- FIG. 2B is a photograph of a swine femoral artery illustrating that ultrasound-induced coagulaum 18 completely covers the arteriotomy site (adventititial surface of artery) forming a robust membrane that seals the wound.
- FIG. 2C illustrates the same arteriotomy as FIG. 2B , but viewing it from the intimal surface. (The fibrin clot has been extracted to facilitate visualization of thermally coagulated native collagen.) Note that the coagulum typically fills about 20% of the thickness of the arterial wall from the adventitial surface.
- the ultrasonic systems described herein may be a compact, mobile, self-contained, therapeutic ultrasound system.
- the ultrasonic system comprises four major components: applicator, generator, targeting catheter, and disposable patient interface (DPI).
- FIG. 3 illustrates one such compact system having a generator 24 on a movable cart that is connected to a hand-held ultrasound applicator 20 .
- the applicator may be a handheld device that comprises an ergonomic plastic housing, a display with graphical user interface, and a multiplicity of transducers that facilitate treatment targeting, maintenance of proper arteriotomy compression during treatment, and delivery of focused ultrasound sufficient to seal the arteriotomy.
- the hand-held applicator 20 may be conveniently handled by a physician during the procedure for applying compression and properly positioning the ultrasound transducers relative to the arteriotomy.
- the applicator 20 may include a display 25 such as depicted in FIG. 4B to provide compression and/pr targeting feedback to the user.
- the applicator provides therapeutic ultrasound, other therapeutic applications may be used (e.g., providing laser, rf, microwave, or heat energy for therapeutic use).
- the generator may include a power supply; a central processing unit and operating system; and the hardware and software modules that enable the user interface, targeting, compression-monitoring, dosimetry, focused-ultrasound-energy-delivery and station-keeping functions.
- the generator may also provide a means to transport and maneuver the system, and to store the applicator when not in use.
- the targeting catheter may include any catheter having one or more targeting aids for locating and targeting the arteriotomy.
- the targeting catheter may be placed down the lumen of the procedure introducer sheath or inserted in any other fashion into an artery containing an arteriotomy.
- the targeting aid may include an inflatable balloon, force detectors, optical sensors, pressure sensors, impedance sensors, mechanically expansive devices, temperature sensors (e.g., thermisters), and/or Doppler sensors.
- the targeting catheter features an arteriotomy locator beacon (e.g., a small ultrasound transducer) in addition to the targeting aid(s).
- the beacon may be used to determine the location of the beacon and/or targeting aids in reference to the therapeutic applicator.
- the beacon is located in the catheter shaft and slightly proximal to a balloon and transmits ultrasonic pulses that serve to signal its position relative to the applicator.
- the disposable patient interface, DPI is a sterile, single-use, polymeric device that envelops the applicator and is designed to maintain the sterile field and serves as an acoustic coupling medium between the applicator and the patient's skin.
- FIG. 5 is a flow chart illustrating the procedural steps for one method of performing acoustic arterial hemostasis. It will be appreciated that, depending on the embodiment, some steps may be removed or added or may be conducted in an order different from that indicted above. Each step is described in more detail below. It will also be appreciated that these steps may be used for any treatment involving focusing energy to a treatment site and not just for closing an arteriotomy.
- a targeting catheter is inserted to aid in the localization of an arteriotomy or other site where treatment is desired.
- the acoustic targeting catheter may be placed into the femoral artery through an introducer sheath prior to ultrasonic treatment.
- this targeting catheter comprises a guidewire like device having one or more features that enable the catheter to locate an arteriotomy (e.g.
- Doppler sensors using an inflatable balloon, force detectors, optical sensors, pressure sensors, impedance sensors, mechanically expansive devices, temperature sensors, and/or Doppler sensors
- report the position of the arteriotomy relative to the therapy delivery device e.g., using beacon such as an ultrasonic beacon
- measure blood flow properties e.g., using sensors to measure blood velocity, volumetric flow rates, pressure, etc.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic illustrating a percutaneous catheterization procedure which involves insertion of an introducer sheath 26 into the fermoral artery 28 .
- the resulting arteriotomy 30 must be sealed to prevent hemorrhage.
- FIG. 7A is a schematic illustrating the insertion of a targeting catheter 32 through the introducer sheath 26 located in the femoral artery 28 . Also depicted in the schematic is the intervening tissue 30 through which the sheath 26 extends.
- the targeting catheter 32 includes a targeting aid 34 (e.g., an inflatable balloon), a beacon 36 , and a soft flexible tip 37 at the end of the targeting catheter 32 .
- targeting aid 34 e.g., an inflatable balloon
- beacon 36 e.g., a beacon 36
- a soft flexible tip 37 at the end of the targeting catheter 32 .
- targeting catheters containing other features described herein may be used.
- the targeting catheter 32 includes a sterile, single-use, balloon catheter that is placed down the lumen of the procedure introducer sheath.
- FIG. 8 depicts a targeting catheter 32 having an inflatable balloon 34 (shown inflated) as a targeting aid and a beacon 36 (e.g., an ultrasound transducer located within the catheter shaft and slightly proximal to the balloon).
- the balloon 34 may be used to locate the arteriotomy.
- the beacon 36 may then be used to signal its position relative to the applicator, for example, by transmitting ultrasonic pulses.
- the catheter outside diameter is less than 4 French (1.33 mm).
- the beacon 36 is a micro-beacon with an outside diameter is less than 1.33 mm.
- the beacon 36 may pass position information from inside human body to an external system using either an electromagnetic method or a mechanical (e.g. acoustic) method. Provided below is a description of an ultrasound beacon and an electromagnetic beacon suitable for use as described herein.
- An ultrasound beacon 36 may be made from piezo-ceramic material (e.g., one or more ultrasonic transducers).
- the ultrasound beacon 36 can either work in transmitter mode, in which the beacon 36 transmits an ultrasound wave when an RF electrical source is applied on its surface, or receiving mode, in which the beacon 36 generates an electrical RF signal when a mechanical wave hits its surface.
- An acoustic time of flight (ATOF) system may used to detect the beacon 36 position inside a human body (as described in more detail below with respect to block 204 of FIG. 5 ).
- the beacon 36 in the ATOF system can be a piezo-ceramic tube, which may have an outside diameter of about 1 mm and produces an ultrasound wave around 1.3 MHz when using a hoop vibration mode.
- the beacon's 36 position on the catheter may be designed to be at a known and repeatable spatial relationship relative to the targeting aid 34 (e.g., a specified distance from the edge of a targeting balloon, which can be positioned to touch the arteriotomy when inflated inside the artery).
- any beacon system that can be fit into the desired biological system (e.g., artery) may be used to detect the position of the beacon, and consequently, the position of the targeting aid (e.g., balloon).
- an electromagnetic sensor such as microbars (available from Ascension Technology Corporation, Burlington, Vt.), and a 3D space tracking system may achieve the same result as an ultrasonic beacon used in conjunction with ATOF methods.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic depicting an overview of the components that may be directly associated with a balloon targeting catheter as described above.
- the catheter 32 , balloon 34 , floppy distal tip 37 and beacon 36 may be attached by way of a flexible body tube to a hub 42 that provides for interconnections to electrical drive and inflate/deflate functions.
- the beacon 36 may be electrically coupled to a cable 44 , which may be strain relief mounted into the hub 42 .
- a cable 44 which may be strain relief mounted into the hub 42 .
- an electrical matching component or network 46 inside the hub that transforms an impedance to improve electrical efficiency of the system and/or pulse shape transmitted by the beacon.
- an electrical connector 60 on the terminus end of the cable.
- Syringes 48 and 50 and their associated valves 52 and 54 may be used for fluid (e.g., sterile saline) injection and removal (e.g., to prime the balloon prior to use and to inflate and deflate the balloon after it has been inserted into the artery).
- fluid e.g., sterile saline
- a multi-port device designed for one-handed operation may be used.
- fluid management devices that are spring loaded may be used, permitting release of the balloon fill by pushing one button.
- the system may also include pressure gauge 56 to monitor or control the pressure or volume in the balloon.
- pressure gauge 56 may be representative of any component (or various components) that achieves the effect of monitoring or controlling the pressure or volume in the balloon. It may also be advantageous to provide for a pressure regulation or release when the artery is fully compressed. This ability protects both the arterial wall and the balloon from compressive damage and can facilitate a more accurate location of the beacon 36 at the arteriotomy site throughout the compression sequence.
- An insertion tool 58 may be provided to facilitate insertion of the distal tip 37 of the catheter 32 into an introducer sheath already inserted into a patient's artery.
- the insertion tool 58 may have a tapered distal tip suitable to be inserted into and to open the hemostatic valve on the introducer sheath (see FIG. 6 ) and has a constriction in its internal bore proximal to the location of the balloon that restricts bleeding through the device. This restriction may be designed to have a close fit to the diameter of the catheter body but still allow for free movement. In one embodiment, a close fit may be provided using a soft elastomeric material, thus providing a sealing function.
- FIGS. 10A , 10 B, 10 C, and 10 D illustrate the design and construction of the distal section of one embodiment of a balloon targeting catheter in more detail.
- the catheter is substantially a coaxial design.
- Balloon 34 may be any suitable pliable material.
- balloon 34 is made of soft, elastic polyurethane of a Durometer between 80 A and 65 D.
- the balloon 34 may be nominally between 3 and 7 mm in diameter.
- the shape of the balloon 34 is not optimally spherical but rather a modified sphere foreshortened in its axial dimension in order to provide a large “footprint” against the artery wall but not to fully occlude blood flow in the artery.
- the balloon may be foreshortened by locating the distal attach point 62 closer to the proximal attach point, thus “pooching” in the balloon. This “pooching” creates a non-spherical distal end for the balloon.
- the neck of the balloon may be mounted to the core tube 64 in an inverted manner wherein the mounting point is effectively inside the balloon.
- the advantages of this inverted mounting technique include: i) allowing for a larger “footprint” against the artery wall and ii) mounting the balloon ends effectively inside the balloon allows the piezoelectric beacon to not have a layer of bonded balloon material located between it and the patient, thereby allowing for improved acoustic transmission properties.
- the balloon 34 may be fabricated from stiff, essentially inelastic materials such as polyester or PET. These balloons hold an inflated shape more consistently than the polyurethane balloons and require/tolerate much higher inflation pressures. In some embodiments, unfold and refold characteristics may be tailored such that upon deployment, a smooth contact with the elements of the vessel is presented.
- the catheter may include a core tube 64 .
- the core tube 64 may provide structural stiffness longitudinally, assuring integrity of the catheter assembly.
- the core tube 64 provides one or more internal lumens in which fluid can be transported to/from the balloon, and, with a diameter less than the overall body 66 diameter, provides a place where the deflated balloon may nest during insertion and removal.
- the core tube 64 may include two lumens (e.g., in a “double-D” configuration). One lumen may be used for fill and the other for venting, thus facilitating quick priming and removal of air bubbles. (Note that the holes in the core tube inside the balloon are not shown on of FIG. 10A through 10D .)
- the core tube is advantageously made of a higher Durometer (e.g. 55 D to 75 D) polyurethane that is compatible with being thermally bonded to other components in the catheter, most importantly the balloon 34 .
- core tube 66 passes through the inside diameter of cylindrical beacon 36 and is terminated and interconnected at the hub 42 (see FIG. 9 ). It is advantageous to provide an enhanced flexibility of the catheter at that point immediately distal to the location of the beacon (and immediately proximal to the balloon) as depicted as section 68 on FIG. 10A . This location is also that of the thermal bond mounting the balloon to core tube 64 . This flexibility permits the balloon to more flatly locate to and seal the arteriotomy even as the catheter is being pulled up at the angle of the entry channel (or track).
- the core tube 66 may be positioned within a body tube 70 , which may have an about 1 mm outside diameter and be made from polyurethane. Use of polyurethane promotes thermal bonding and melding with a jacket that covers beacon 36 .
- FIG. 10B is a rendering of the distal cross-section of a balloon targeting catheter from a view proximal to the beacon location. This view also depicts the location of wires extending through the catheter to the beacon 36 .
- FIG. 10C depicts an end view of the distal end of the balloon targeting catheter showing the core tube 64 in cross-section.
- FIG. 10D depicts a cross-sectional view longitudinally through the distal portion of the balloon targeting catheter.
- FIG. 7B depicts the inflation of the balloon 34 within the artery 28 beyond the distal opening of the introducer sheath 30 .
- the balloon 34 may be inflated with any suitable fluid such as a liquid (e.g. a sterile saline solution).
- the user next (or simultaneously) applies compression with the applicator 20 to stop blood flow in the tract 33 through the tissue 31 that is formed by the introducer sheath 26 .
- the introducer sheath 26 and targeting catheter 32 are retracted from the artery 28 as a unit until the balloon 34 comes into contact with the vessel wall at the arteriotomy site 30 ( FIG. 7C ). In this position, egress of blood from the artery through the tract 33 is impeded by the balloon 34 and the arteriotomy locator beacon is situated within the arteriotomy. Thus, by retracting the balloon until it contacts the artery 28 wall, the arteriotomy site 30 is localized.
- the pressure applied to the applicator 20 may be released so as to allow for easier alignment of the applicator 20 relative to the arteriotomy 30 as illustrated in FIG. 7D .
- the targeting aid balloon 34 will serve to stop blood flow up the track 33 during this process.
- a cluster of receivers in the applicator may be used to detect ultrasonic pulses transmitted from the arteriotomy locator beacon 36 and targeting algorithms resident in the generator may continuously analyze these signals and produce graphical feedback on the applicator 20 display (e.g., utilizing acoustic time of flight (ATOF) algorithms).
- ATOF acoustic time of flight
- acoustic Time-of-Flight may be utilized to determine the position of the beacon 36 relative to the therapeutic applicator 20 .
- a separate beacon is not included on the targeting catheter (for example, where the arteriotomy targeting aid is capable of ultrasound generation, such as when it is a Doppler beacon or a resistance heated PZT).
- the targeting aid in effect also serves as the acoustic beacon. Accordingly, the ATOF methods described herein can also be used in these alternative embodiments.
- the PZT element (either in beacon 36 or as part of the targeting aid 34 ) may be utilized as a highly localized sound source marker, easily visible in an ultrasound image or detected and localized in an Acoustic Time of Flight detection system.
- the beacon transmits tone bursts of sound to receivers encircling the outer perimeter of the therapeutic applicator.
- the in-situ beacon is pulsed while each of the receivers independently measures the time for the pulse to arrive.
- the position of the beacon relative to the receivers can be calculated using triangulation.
- a minimum of three receivers may be used to calculate the X, Y and Z position of the beacon relative to the Therapeutic Applicator. If more than three sensors are used, the accuracy of the position calculation can be improved.
- the user can adjust the position and orientation of the applicator such that the therapeutic energy source focus (e.g., laser, RF, ultrasound, or microwave) is located at the arteriotomy.
- the user interface may provide a display to assist the user in appropriately adjusting the position and orientation of the applicator.
- the display may include graphical elements such as cross hairs or target circles as well as ultrasound images of the focal region.
- FIG. 11 illustrates the applicator 20 positioned over the arteriotomy with the targeting catheter positioned such that the arteriotomy locating beacon 36 are positioned at the centroid of the arteriotomy.
- Waves 74 depicted in the illustration represent acoustic energy from the beacon 36 in which the ATOF measurement is performed via acoustic sensors on the therapeutic array located on the applicator 20 .
- FIG. 12 illustrates one embodiment of a user interface 78 for targeting on the arteriotomy.
- the circle/bullseye 80 represents the position of the focal point of the therapeutic applicator and the cross hair 82 represents the location of the arteriomety locating sensor as determined by ATOF. The user may be instructed to align the bullseye on top of the crosshairs thereby insuring that the arteriotomy is within the focus of the therapeutic applicator.
- Target localization based on acoustic time of flight can provide accurate and robust position sensing of target location relative to the therapeutic ultrasound transducer.
- Direct X, Y and Z (i.e. three-dimensional) coordinate locations of the target can be provided without the need for image interpretation.
- Three-dimensional targeting information facilitates the use of an explicit user interface to guide operator actions.
- ATOF is less sensitive to variations in patient anatomy as compared to imaging techniques.
- ATOF can be accomplished with a relatively simple and inexpensive system compared to the complex imaging systems used by alternate techniques.
- continuous tracking of the target in the presence of movement between the target and the external transducer may be provided.
- ATOF allows use of system architectures that utilize a larger fraction of the patient contact area to generate therapeutic power (as contrasted with imaging based alternatives)—thus reducing the power density applied to the patient's skin.
- FIG. 13 illustrates one embodiment of an ATOF system that includes a beacon 36 having a small ultrasonic transmitter 36 such as described above placed at or near the arteriotomy site 33 (e.g., through use of a targeting catheter).
- An array of ultrasound receiver sensors 92 generally encircling the outer diameter of the ultrasound therapeutic transducer 90 is located on the applicator.
- the in-situ transducer (beacon) 36 is pulsed while simultaneously the receivers 92 begin to listen for the ultrasound pulses to arrive.
- Each of the receivers 92 independently measures the time for the pulse to reach their location.
- the time of flight from the receiver 92 to the beacon 36 can be determined and the location of the beacon 36 can be calculated by using a variety of triangulation techniques familiar to those skilled in the art of sonomicrometry and/or global positioning systems (GPS).
- GPS global positioning systems
- beacon 36 transmits and the receivers 92 receive
- the transmit and receive functions may be reversed or used in configurations wherein various or all sensors both transmit and receive.
- the transmitting beacon 36 may be “pinged” with a short burst of approximately 3 cycles.
- the frequency of the ultrasound burst requires a tradeoff between location sensitivity, signal attenuation, and dispersion angle. Higher frequencies help to improve the accuracy of the location data. At lower frequencies the signal may encounter less attenuation on its path to the receivers 92 , which will generally produce a better signal to noise ratio. Also at lower frequencies, the transmitter will tend to distribute its energy over a wider angle for given transducer dimensions, which will allow the beam to spread out over a wider area to better reach the receivers 92 from a variety of locations in the targeting space.
- a frequency in the range of about 500 KHz to about 1 MHz is used, providing good resolution, low attenuation, and compatibility with isotropic transducers that can be inexpensively fabricated.
- the receiving sensors 92 may be placed in an array, or constellation, around the therapeutic transducer 90 .
- a minimum of three elements may be used to allow the position of the beacon 36 to be calculated in 3 dimensions. Additional sensors can be used to improve the accuracy, robustness and sensitivity of the calculation.
- the analog signal from the receivers may be, after pre-amplification, converted to digital format for accurate signal processing.
- the rate at which the signal is digitized may influence the maximum accuracy, or precision, of the time of flight calculation. The precision is determined by the speed of sound in human tissue, which is approximately 1540 meters/second, and the rate at which digital samples are collected as follows.
- the timing of the transmit pulse and the collection of data from the receivers 92 may be synchronized by controller electronics so that the time of flight can be measured.
- the receivers 92 can start counting samples at the same time the transmit burst begins. Each channel will then continue to count until it detects the arrival of the short ultrasound burst. Although the burst may be many digital samples in length, a specific sample within the received burst can be chosen as the “official” arrival time in order to achieve maximum accuracy.
- the receivers 92 can employ to determine when they have detected the arrival of the ultrasound pulse. For example, detection of the peak amplitude of the received signal, correlation with the expected pulse shape, or first crossing of an amplitude above the noise floor could all produce a specific sample number that would be used as the detection point for arrival of the burst. While the sampling rate of the received signal may determine the precision of the measurement, the detection algorithm can influence the measurement's accuracy.
- the size of the volume in which the beacon 36 can be detected will determine several design parameters of the system. For example, if the detection volume is a cylinder whose circular diameter is equal to the diameter of the ring of receivers 92 around the transducer 90 (a representative case for vascular sealing) and whose depth is the maximum depth of the arteriotomy then several parameters can be known. These dimensions define the maximum time over which the receiver's TOF detectors 92 must operate. This volume, along with the attenuation of the ultrasound signal in tissue at the chosen frequency will also determine the power required from the beacon and the sensitivity required from the receivers 92 . For example, if the diameter of the ring of receivers 92 is 45 mm and the maximum depth required is 50 mm then the maximum distance from the beacon 36 to the farthest receiver will be:
- the maximum time of flight will be:
- the position of the beacon 36 relative to the receivers 92 can be calculated.
- a minimum of three receivers 92 can be used to calculate the X, Y and Z position of the beacon 36 . If more than three sensors are available the accuracy of the position calculation can be improved in a number of ways. For example, if four sensors are available then the position can be calculated four times with different combinations of three sensors and the results could be averaged. Or, if more than three sensors are available, extra weight could be given to those with the best signal as determined by received amplitude or sharpness of the correlation result. These techniques are explained in more detail below.
- a three dimensional coordinate system is defined within the space where the beacon 36 may lie relative to the receivers.
- the ring of receivers 92 would conveniently lie in the X,Y plane at the zero crossing of the Z axis (planar constellation of receivers 92 ).
- the Z axis extends into the body, perpendicular to the face of the transducer 90 and passes through the center of therapy.
- sensors, or transducers, for ATOF systems function with wide, and to the extent possible, uniform angular sensitivity so that pulses may be effectively sent and received to and from a variety of locations in the targeting space.
- vascular sealing where the transmitting beacon is mounted on a targeting aid positioned in the entry channel, a range of angular orientations with respect to the receiver constellation results from the fact that entry channels are inclined at various angles to the skin surface. These angles are typically between 30 and 70 degrees.
- transducers generally can be small with respect to the dimensions of their acoustic wavelength (e.g., less than one-half wavelength). Transducers are also preferably dimensionally small so that the phase difference (or time delay) across the sensor is small; a large phase difference will distort an accurate time measurement.
- Materials for ATOF receivers and transmitters may generally be any of the materials used in diagnostic imaging. Because either transmit (here in the case of beacons on the targeting aid) or receive (in the case of the constellation of sensors) is, in many of the embodiments described here, the only function required, material selection may be optimized for specific transmit or receive characteristics.
- Transducer Shapes A variety of transducer shapes may be used. Optimum configurations differ generally depending upon whether the transducer is mounted on the targeting catheter or those mounted on the applicator, viz the constellation. For the targeting catheter beacon, cylindrical piezoceramic elements may be used and offer a number of advantages.
- FIG. 14 depicts use of a cylindrical element having multi-mode characteristics.
- a hollow cylindrical transducer 120 has electrodes inside and outside, thus applying a field across the thickness of the cylinder's wall.
- Several vibrational modes may be selectively driven by selection of drive frequency.
- Lateral (or radial) mode 122 is the hoop mode; lateral mode 124 is the wall thickness mode; and length mode 126 radiates forward as shown. Frequencies and uses of modes are listed below for example purposes and are not intended to be limited to:
- Cylindrical transducers may also advantageously be used in multiples, where for example, two transducers are mounted on the distal end of a targeting aid to make up the beacon. More information regarding use of two-transducer configurations may be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,515,853; 4,407,294; and 4,697,595, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Spherical or partial-sphere shaped transducers also have advantages of excellent isotropy for beacon/TA applications. These transducers also present smooth, rounded surfaces compatible with insertion into the body. Alternatively, greater isotropy may be realized by operating the transducers at multiple frequencies where the nulls of the radiation pattern at one frequency are complimented by non-null sensitivity at another frequency.
- planar structures may provide fabrication advantages and provide a substantially flat surface that readily couples to the patient's skin surface. It is noted that, for vascular sealing applications where the axis of therapy is approximately centered in the targeting space, high resolution of spatial localization of the targeting catheter is only needed in the vicinity of the center. Away from the center only rough estimates of targeting catheter are needed in order to provide the operator directional movement information.
- FIG. 15 depicts one embodiment of an applicator face having ATOF transducers located around the periphery, therapeutic transducers located in concentric circles, and a CW/PW Doppler transducer located at the center.
- a solution for (X, Y, Z) can be found using any three receivers, denoted here as 1, 2 and 3.
- the receivers are coplanar and arranged in a ring with 45 degree angles between them.
- the receiver closest to the projection of the transmitter onto the receivers plane can be denoted as receiver (1).
- the other two (2, 3) are the farthest from the projection, i.e. in an angle of 135 degrees from (1) in both directions.
- Receiver (1) may have the strongest signal.
- the coordinates of the three receivers are: (X 1 , Y 1 , Z 0 ), (X 2 , Y 2 , Z 0 ) and (X 3 , Y 3 , Z 0 ), respectively.
- the corresponding distance measurements are D 1 , D 2 and D 3 . Assuming no error in the measurements, the following three equations can be solved for (X, Y, Z):
- the solution for N receivers involves an iterative minimization process of an objective function that is based on the sum of square errors from the receivers and can be formulated as follows:
- Di is the measured distance from the transmitter to the i th receiver
- angles depend on the transmitter location (X, Y, Z). However, to a good approximation, it can be assumed that these angles will not vary by much between iterations. Therefore the angles from the (k ⁇ 1) th iteration can be used in the k th iteration.
- the user may apply additional hemostatic compression with the applicator so as to transiently either partially or fully occlude the artery.
- additional hemostatic compression By temporarily reducing or completely stopping blood flow, less energy required to be delivered at the arteriotomy to perform thermal hemostasis, since vessel blood flow serves to dissipate focused delivery of energy.
- care may be taken to maintain accurate targeting.
- transducers and sensors may be used to aid in compression measurement feedback to the user.
- An example of such transducers and sensors may include a Doppler transducer and a force sensor, each located in the applicator, to continuously interrogate the vascular blood flow and the applied compressive force, respectively.
- a compression algorithm resident in the generator may be used to analyze signals from the sensors and produce graphical feedback on the applicator display to enable the user to apply and maintain adequate compression of the arteriotomy (see compression indicator in FIG. 12 ).
- a sensor capable of monitoring blood flow and artery pressure properties may be located on the targeting catheter.
- Non-limiting examples of such a sensor include Doppler ultrasound sensors, an optical fiber sensor, thermal sensors, or other pressure/flow sensors used to monitor blood flow characteristics.
- Pressure sensors attached to the therapeutic transducer can be calibrated with respect to the blood flow sensors located in the artery on the targeting catheter. Upon removal of the targeting catheter, the pressure sensors located on the therapeutic applicator can be used to determine the status of the vessel (e.g. unobstructed, partially occluded, or fully occluded). Additionally, external blood flow/pressure sensors may also be used such as traditional manual stethoscope in combination with the application of pressure
- FIG. 7E illustrates the applicator 20 applying force against the tissue 31 causing the vessel 28 to transiently be either partially or fully occluded.
- the reasons for applying pressure are to stop the bleeding occurring at the wall puncture site prior to (as described above) and during the application therapeutic energy dose. Additionally, by reducing or eliminating blood flow through the vessel 28 , efficient delivery of thermal energy to cause hemostasis is promoted, since vessel blood flow serves to dissipate the delivered thermal energy.
- thermal energy vascular closure by administering the thermal energy (e.g. high intensity focused ultrasound) under conditions whereby all tissue blood flow related convective cooling can be eliminated; specifically bleeding which occurs in the introducer track and from the arterial (luminal) blood flow.
- thermal energy e.g. high intensity focused ultrasound
- one embodiment involves applying the therapeutic applicator with pressure of sufficient magnitude to cause the artery to be temporarily occluded during the dose (power-on) period of the thermal energy and perhaps continuing for a short period during all, or a portion of, the post-dose compression period.
- This treatment condition is termed “transient arterial occlusion” (TAO).
- FIG. 50 illustrates a testing device used to evaluate if thermal energy in combination with TAO causes the intimal walls of the artery to weld together.
- FIG. 50 illustrates bovine carotid 550 with a needle puncture arteriotomy pressed between two aluminum plates 555 . The plates are compressed together using spring clamps 560 and aligned with alignment pins 570 . Compression force was measured at 25 lbs.
- a thermocouple 565 was located within the transiently occluded bovine artery.
- FIG. 51 is a photograph of the bovine carotid sandwiched between the two aluminum plates after a 60 second submersion in boiling saline.
- FIG. 52 is a graph of the measured temperature from the thermocouple located within the TAO during the time in which the apparatus was submerged in boiling saline.
- the temperature of the bovine artery reached 70° C. (a targeted temperature at which the native perivascular collagen is denaturaized and forms an extensive fibrin network that covers the arteriotomy) within 11 seconds and then equilibrates to 100° C. within 40 seconds.
- the temperature of the boiling saline bath was measured but remained constant at 100° C.
- the spring clamps and aluminum plates were removed and the artery was cut in order to inspect the lumen to observe if any portion of the intimal surface was welded together. As illustrated in FIG.
- bovine artery was pressure tested to evaluate the strength of the sealed arteriotomy.
- the artery was submerged in room temperature saline and fully pressurized with air and the pressure was recorded while being increased until the air leaked through the arteriotomy.
- Table 3 illustrates the results of the destructive sealed arteriotomy pressure testing. Over seven experiments, the intimal surface of the arteries did not weld shut and the arteriotomy was sealed and successfully pressure tested up to at least 3 psi.
- FIG. 12 is an illustration of one possible user interface that displays the amount of therapeutic applicator compression 120 applied by the user.
- the display may be coupled to the blood flow sensor to provide an indication of blood flow and hence compression.
- This user interface may be continually viewed by the user to insure proper compression is applied by the therapeutic applicator.
- the pressure sensing capability of piezoelectric material in the ultrasound transducers located on the applicator may be used to monitor the pressure applied by the applicator. This method gives a direct measurement of the pressure at the surface of the applicator. This pressure can be correlated with typical pressures required to stop puncture track blood flow, maintain artery patency, partially occlude the artery, or fully occlude the artery. In other embodiments described above, the pressure may be monitored by sensors located on a targeting catheter (e.g., piezoelectric sensors that measure blood flow using Doppler effects).
- the amount of pressure at the surface of the applicator transducers can be detected using impedance changes within the piezoelectric elements or a change in voltage at the element. This technique allows detection of pressure directly at the applicator face. In addition, uneven pressure may be detected by separately making measurements from multiple elements at different spatial locations. By using the existing piezoelectric elements in the therapeutic ultrasound array, no additional materials need to be added. Pressure at the surface of the applicator can be correlated to the occlusion status of the vessel and to the compression required to stop blood flow up the introducer track.
- the existing capability in the generator may be used to monitor power, voltage, current and phase.
- Piezoelectricity is a property of certain classes of crystalline materials including natural crystals of Quartz, Rochelle Salt and Tourmaline as well as manufactured ceramics or polymer films such as Lead Zirconate Titanates (PZT) and polyvinylidene fluoride.
- PZT Lead Zirconate Titanates
- PVT polyvinylidene fluoride
- the applicator design uses PZT to produce an ultrasound wave when excited electrically. Since PZT is a synthetic crystal structure, the material is naturally isotropic and therefore non-piezoelectric. PZT must go through a poling process where a high voltage is applied at elevated temperatures to orient the net effect of the material domains in one direction. During the poling process, the material expands in the direction of the electric field.
- This piezoelectric effect can be used to detect the amount of pressure at the surface of the transducer.
- the magnitude of the voltage is related to the receiving constant (g) of the piezoelectric material as well as the magnitude of the stress applied (T) and thickness of the ceramic (t).
- V oc g*T*t (eq. 8)
- V oc is the open circuit voltage received at the element. Therefore, if a resistive load is connected to the terminals of the device, the charge created would be electrically dissipated.
- the shape of the signal at the piezoelectric element is dependent on the impulse of the stress and the time constant with the load.
- the amount of charge on the device is dependent on the voltage and element capacitance.
- FIGS. 16 and 17 show the magnitude of the voltage detected.
- Another means to monitor the status of the a vessel is to use an acoustic Doppler system placed onto the patients skin to analyze vessel wall Doppler sounds to provide an indication of “proper” compression levels and on-location feedback. This measurement is useful since the compression of the artery will affect the Doppler sounds obtained from a transducer that is mounted perpendicular to the flow even though there is no flow signal. Turbulence and wall motion will be present which will yield different Doppler signals than when the arteries is either fully open or fully collapsed.
- a station keeping method can be initiated to maintain proper alignment of the applicator during therapy. Subsequent to alignment, the targeting catheter continues to reside in the puncture tract with the beacon being proximate to the arteriotomy.
- the application of therapeutic energy may be applied at this point, however, in some embodiments, the procedure involves removing the targeting catheter from the arteriotomy location (discussed in more detail below). Removing the targeting catheter allows for the most effective acoustic hemostasis. In some embodiments, methods are provided to ensure that the therapeutic applicator stays focused upon the arteriotomy in the absence of the beacon.
- a station keeping method may be initiated as illustrated in FIG. 7F .
- Station keeping which is described in detail below, may be used to track tissue 31 motion (e.g., specifically the arteriotomy 30 or tissue proximate to it) using acoustic waves with radio frequency signal processing techniques (referred to herein as RfUME (Radio Frequency Ultrasound Motion Estimate)).
- RfUME Radio Frequency Ultrasound Motion Estimate
- at least three acoustic transducers, pistons, or arrays may be used to track the motion of a common point. Movement may be determined by comparing a reference signal to a present signal. The difference between the signals determines the amount of movement of the tissue 31 relative to the transducers and hence relative to the applicator 20 .
- the ATOF targeting of the arteriotomy targeting aid 34 and beacon 36 may be replaced by station keeping of the arteriotomy site 30 .
- This station keeping information may be displayed to the user through the same targeting user interface as depicted in FIG. 12 .
- This display provides feedback to a user so that the user can maintain the focus point of the therapeutic energy applicator 20 at the site of the arteriotomy 30 .
- the purpose of station keeping is to track tissue motion.
- at least three transducers may be used to track the motion of a common point.
- the motion may be tracked using a variety of techniques including traditional pulse-echo techniques as well as a pitch-catch sequence.
- the pitch-catch algorithm has several advantages when compared with conventional pulse-echo techniques.
- the acquisition time required to determine the motion is significantly reduced, thereby reducing the susceptibility to jitter, allowing the system to see faster movements, and allowing more time for therapy if interleaving is used.
- a greater amount of redundancy is achieved in less acquisition time for improved motion estimation.
- the pitch-catch technique is allocated the same acquisition time as the conventional approach, the SNR of each acquisition is also increased, thereby increasing penetration and improving tracking ability.
- system complexity is reduced by reducing hardware requirements (e.g. transmit-receive switches).
- the overlapping beam pattern of at least three ultrasound transducers can be used to track the motion in three dimensions.
- a unit vector from the transducer to the coordinate system of the interrogated point describes the beam direction and sensitivity to specific types of movement. If the interrogated point moves relative to the transducer, then a certain amount of movement will be detected by each transducer depending on the unit vector. In this case, the amount of motion detected at one transducer is described as:
- ⁇ x, ⁇ y, and ⁇ z are the small movements of the point from the original position in three dimensions
- a kx , a ky , and a kz are the unit vector components for the k th transducer.
- the amount of motion can be calculated by measuring the amount of movement from at least two other transducers and realizing that the motion detected in ultrasound is related to a time shift:
- t k is the time difference between the first signal and the next signal
- c tissue is the velocity of sound in tissue.
- the factor of two occurs in equation (10) due to the time required for the ultrasound pulse to travel out and back from the interrogation point.
- the time difference t k is determined by fitting a previous or reference pulse to the current pulse.
- a correlation technique is typically used to determine the best fit. Therefore, the system can be described by combining equations (9) and (10) to obtain:
- [ t 1 t 2 t 3 ] 2 c tissue ⁇ [ a 1 ⁇ x a 1 ⁇ y a 1 ⁇ z a 2 ⁇ x a 2 ⁇ y a 2 ⁇ z a 3 ⁇ x a 3 ⁇ y a 3 ⁇ z ] ⁇ [ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ x ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ y ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ z ] ( 11 )
- the amount of motion can be determined. If the system has multiple transducers, then redundancy exists in the system and multiple solutions can be calculated.
- the transmit event might occur on transducer 1 with transducer 2 and 3 detecting the backscatter.
- a second transmit might occur on transducer 2 with transducer 1 and 3 detecting the backscatter.
- the motion detected is a combination of the unit vectors from the transmit and receive transducers.
- equation 12 Another interesting result of equation 12 is the lack of identification of the transmit and receive transducers. In other words, reciprocity exists in equation (12).
- the k th transducer could either be the transmitter or receiver and the motion detected is the same amount.
- the amount of motion detected is related to the time shift in the receive pulse.
- the factor of two is eliminated because the pulse is not going out and coming back; rather it is detected by the path between the transmitter and receiver which is already represented in the directional vector.
- Equations (12) and (13) can be combined to show the relationship between the time shift and the motion of the interrogation point.
- [ t 1 t 2 t 3 ] 1 c tissue ⁇ [ ( a 1 ⁇ x + a 2 ⁇ x ) ( a 1 ⁇ y + a 2 ⁇ y ) ( a 1 ⁇ z + a 2 ⁇ z ) ( a 1 ⁇ x + a 3 ⁇ x ) ( a 1 ⁇ y + a 3 ⁇ y ) ( a 1 ⁇ z + a 3 ⁇ z ) ( a 2 ⁇ x + a 3 ⁇ x ) ( a 2 ⁇ y + a 3 ⁇ y ) ( a 2 ⁇ z + a 3 ⁇ z ) ] ⁇ [ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ x ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ y ⁇ ⁇ z ] ( 14 )
- the transmit might occur on transducer 1 and detection on transducers 2 and 3 . This would yield t 1 and t 2 .
- a second transmit might occur on transducer 2 and detection could occur on transducer 1 and 3 .
- t 1 and t 3 are determined; however, note that only t 3 is required to allow for equation (14) to be solved for the movement.
- the extra t 1 measured time could be used to improve the estimate (SNR) or just discarded.
- the pitch-catch method also has the advantage for reducing the hardware required.
- two transducers require a transmit/receive architecture with the other transducer only requiring a receive architecture.
- all three transducers need a transmit/receive architecture.
- the pitch-catch approach offers the possibilities of motion estimation redundancy with only one transmit. For example, if the system has five transducers, then transmitting on one transducer yields the possibility of four different solutions. This redundancy allows for better motion estimation through averaging techniques or solution selection given the signal quality. In the conventional approach, at least four transmit events are required for this amount of redundancy in a five transducer system.
- the pulse-echo and pitch-catch approach may be combined in a hybrid approach to yield an even faster acquisition.
- equation (14) becomes:
- [ t 1 t 2 t 3 2 ] 1 c tissue ⁇ [ ( a 1 ⁇ x + a 2 ⁇ x ) ( a 1 ⁇ y + a 2 ⁇ y ) ( a 1 ⁇ z + a 2 ⁇ z ) ( a 1 ⁇ x + a 3 ⁇ x ) ( a 1 ⁇ y + a 3 ⁇ y ) ( a 1 ⁇ z + a 3 ⁇ z ) ( a 1 ⁇ x ) ( a 1 ⁇ y ) ( a 1 ⁇ z ) ] ⁇ [ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ x ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ y ⁇ ⁇ z ] ( 15 )
- the system has transmitted on transducer 1 and received on all three transducers. Acquisition time is decreased by 67% when compared to the conventional approach with three transducers.
- FIGS. 18 , 19 and 20 are graphs showing the correlation between actual position and that determined using the pitch-catch RfUME algorithm described above for X, Y, and Z coordinates, respectively. The ideal result of one-to-one correlation is plotted as a line of slope 1. The distances determined using the RfUME algorithm are plotted as circles.
- FIGS. 18 , 19 and 20 are graphs showing the correlation between actual position and that determined using the pitch-catch RfUME algorithm described above for X, Y, and Z coordinates, respectively. The ideal result of one-to-one correlation is plotted as a line of slope 1. The distances determined using the RfUME algorithm are plotted as circles.
- movement relative to tissue is determined by comparing a reference signal to a present signal.
- the phase difference between these signals helps determine the amount of movement of the transducer or tissue.
- this motion estimation is a simplification of the actual movement.
- a recursive algorithm is used to determine the movement. Results show that the recursive algorithm tracks movement due to rotation much better than the simplified version.
- the error for translational movement is also reduced from approximately 5% to less than 2%.
- the motion estimation due to elevation or roll rotation is significantly improved, especially in the depth dimension.
- the standard deviation of the motion estimation is reduced from approximately 5% to less than 2%. No simplification of the acoustic formulas is required to track movement. Furthermore, only a small amount of iterations are required for the system to reach equilibrium
- a conventional pulse-echo approach may be utilized for station keeping.
- the overlapping beam pattern of at least three transducers can be used to track the motion in three dimensions.
- a unit vector from the transducer to the coordinate system of the interrogated point describes the beam direction and sensitivity to specific types of movement. If an interrogated point moves relative to the transducer, then a certain amount of movement will be detected by each transducer depending on the unit vector. In this case, the amount of motion detected at one transducer is described as:
- ⁇ x, ⁇ y, and ⁇ z are the small movements of the point from the original position in three dimensions
- a kx , a ky , and a kz are the unit vector components for the k th transducer.
- the amount of motion can be calculated by measuring the amount of movement from at least two other transducers and realizing that the motion detected in ultrasound is related to a time shift:
- t k is the time difference between the first signal and the next signal
- c tissue is the velocity of sound in tissue.
- the factor of two occurs in equation (17) due to the time required for the ultrasound pulse to travel out and back from the interrogation point.
- the time difference t k is determined by fitting a previous or reference pulse to the current pulse.
- a correlation technique is typically used to determine the best fit. Therefore, the system can be described by combining equations (16) and (17) to obtain:
- [ t 1 t 2 t 3 ] 2 c tissue ⁇ [ a 1 ⁇ x a 1 ⁇ y a 1 ⁇ z a 2 ⁇ x a 2 ⁇ y a 2 ⁇ z a 3 ⁇ x a 3 ⁇ y a 3 ⁇ z ] ⁇ [ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ x ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ y ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ z ] ( 18 )
- the amount of motion can be determined. If the system has multiple transducers, then redundancy exists in the system and multiple solutions can be calculated.
- a recursive approach may also be used with convention pulse-echo techniques.
- a new approach is formulated using the distance formula. For example, assume that the transducers are in the same plane a distance ‘R’ from the center of a circle. In this case, the original distance to a common interrogation point is:
- d io ( R ⁇ cos ⁇ ( 2 ⁇ ⁇ N ⁇ ( i - 1 ) ) ) 2 + ( R ⁇ sin ⁇ ( 2 ⁇ ⁇ N ⁇ ( i - 1 ) ) ) 2 + z f 2 ( 19 )
- Equation (19) simplifies to:
- the new distance to the target is given as:
- the phase difference of a reference line to a current line is determined. This technique is similar to calculating the difference between the distance vectors.
- Equation (22) is the difference between the two distances for transducer ‘i’.
- equation (22) it is difficult to solve equation (22) for ⁇ x, ⁇ y, and ⁇ z because of the square root. Therefore, it may be possible to calculate the movement if equations (20) and (21) are first squared.
- a ix , a iy , and a iz are the x, y and z unit vectors from transducer ‘i’.
- the actual distances are not calculated from the signal vectors, rather the time differences between the pulses are calculated.
- a distance can be related to time by knowing the speed of sound.
- Equation (27) can now be placed into matrix form for a three transducer system:
- a recursive formula is generated by solving equation (28) for ⁇ x, ⁇ y, and ⁇ z.
- the calculated motion is still a function of the distance squared. Therefore, in order to get an initial estimate of the movement, assume that the time differences are much larger than the sum of the square of the movement divided by the speed of sound in tissue. In this case, the solution is:
- the index m denotes the number of times through the calculation.
- FIG. 21 depicts three graphs showing the actual movement (plotted circles) in x, y and z, respectively, compared to the line representing the calculated result using the conventional technique (eq. 18) for rotation in elevation.
- the three phased arrays are focused at a 50 mm depth.
- this algorithm detects the y movement and lack of x movement with a high degree of accuracy, no movement is detected in the z dimension.
- a similar result is observed for roll rotation (see FIG. 22 ).
- FIG. 23 shows the results using the recursive formula (eq. 31) for elevation rotation.
- a calibration process may be used to calibrate an ultrasound system used to track tissue motion.
- the direction of the ultrasound propagation to the focus is directly related to the amount of detected movement. Therefore, it is advantageous to know the direction vector from the transducers to the focus with a high degree of accuracy. Any errors have the potential to be compounded if re-referencing frequently. Re-referencing may be required due to the limited region that the transducers can detect movement.
- the following discussion describes a process to calibrate the direction of ultrasound propagation from a set of transducer, pistons or arrays. The process provides a significant reduction in potential errors resulting in improved accuracy of motion estimation with significantly reduced error for pistons or multi-element arrays, increased mechanical alignment tolerances since acoustic calibration eliminates these errors, and reduction in susceptibility to accumulation error.
- the overlapping beam pattern of at least three transducers can be used to track the motion in three dimensions.
- a unit vector from the transducer to the coordinate system of the interrogated point describes the beam direction and sensitivity to specific types of movement. If the interrogated point moves relative to the transducer, then a certain amount of movement will be detected by each transducer depending on the unit vector. In this case, the difference in the square of distance vectors is described as:
- Equation 32 also describes a system where all of the transducers are in the same plane at a radius ‘R’.
- Equation (32) can be simplified to:
- c tissue is the velocity of sound in tissue
- t i * is the total time to the interrogation point
- a im are the components of the unit vectors for the respective transducers.
- equation (33) shows, solving for ⁇ x, ⁇ y, and ⁇ z requires taking the inverse of the a-matrix or directional matrix. Therefore, it is critical to accurately determine a im if the motion is to be tracked properly.
- One method to accurately determine the directional matrix is to mount the system in a test station that offers precise control of x, y and z movement.
- the system is coupled to tissue mimicking material.
- the stages are moved in x, y or z only in small increments that insures the position can be tracked. For example, suppose that the stage is only moved in the x direction such that ⁇ y and ⁇ z are zero. Equation (33) can then be simplified to the following:
- equation (34) can be solved for the x component of the unit vector:
- Equations (35a), (35b) and (35c) show how the x components can easily be calculated from the acquired data. By making many ⁇ x movements, an average and standard deviation of a 1x , a 2x , and a 3x can be calculated. A similar approach can be done to calculate a iy and a iz . This technique is also not limited to the number of transducers in the system.
- the directional matrix can be calculated as in Table 1.
- FIG. 25 depicts three graphs showing the correlation between actual position and that determined using the algorithm described above for X, Y, and Z coordinates, respectively.
- the ideal result of one-to-one correlation is plotted as a line of slope 1.
- the distances determined using the algorithm are plotted as points. The error increases for large movements.
- FIG. 26 depicts three graphs showing that by using the Table 2 matrix, the algorithm results in improved tracking of movement. For example, a 1 mm movement in the x dimension is measured as a movement of over 1.05 mm using the standard mechanically determined directional matrix ( FIG. 25 ), an error of over 5%. However, if the unit vector components are calculated, then a 1 mm movement is measured to be 1.00 mm with an error of less than 1% ( FIG. 26 ). The significant reduction in error reduces the possibility of accumulation error when re-referencing occurs.
- Some embodiments include a station keeping system for executing the procedures described above.
- the system may include multiple transducers, analog transmit and receive channels, an optional transmit and receive beamformer, an optional multiplexer, an analog to digital board, a CPU and memory, and an electronic compass.
- the system provides for the measurement of six degrees of freedom to uniquely identify any point in space.
- the system is configured to provide multiple solutions by tracking a point and calculating the effects due to translation and rotation.
- the system provide for minimization of re-referencing by storing previous reference data with the x, y and z locations
- ultrasound for station keeping is not sensitive to azimuth rotation unless multiple points in a plane are tracked. Accordingly, in some embodiments, another technique may be used to acquire the azimuth, elevation and roll angles of the applicator at the beginning of motion estimation as well as for future data acquisition.
- FIG. 27 shows a block diagram of one embodiment of a motion estimation system.
- the ultrasound transducers 200 include at least three separate transducers that are able to point at a common point.
- the transducers 200 can include pistons, linear arrays, 1.5-D arrays as well as 2-D arrays.
- three phased arrays 202 can be used to focus at multiple points along a central line (e.g., the Z axis) as shown in FIG. 28 .
- the center of each phased array 202 is a distance ‘L’ from the origin of the x-y coordinate system.
- the phased arrays 202 have length and width ‘W’ with the imaging plane bisecting the circle 204 of radius ‘R’.
- the phased arrays 202 track identical points along the z-axis (out-of-the-paper).
- the transducers may consist only of pistons that are mechanically pointed to a common point. This reduces the system complexity since each piston represents only one channel.
- an electronic compass 206 that determines the rotation of the device prior to and during the motion estimation. This includes azimuth, elevation and roll.
- the compass 206 is used to properly track the x, y and z movement in the coordinate system of the device away from a target.
- a multiplexer 208 may be optionally included if the number of transmit and receive channels is to be limited, for example, if the phased arrays in FIG. 29 consist of 32 elements each. If a multiplexer 208 is not used, a minimum of 96 transmitters and 96 receivers may be used to address each element. However, if a 3:1 multiplexer is used, then only 32 transmit and 32 receive channels are required, thereby reducing overall cost.
- the transmitter 210 may include a high voltage switch that excites the transducer elements 200 . Ideally, both positive and negative voltages are available. Any available spectral shaping may also be beneficial to optimizing the transmit pulse.
- the receiver 212 may include a preamplifier, filters, and other signal conditioning circuits prior to digitization.
- Both the transmitter 210 and receiver 212 have an optional beamformer.
- the transmit beamformer 214 has only one delay profile per transmit event whereas the receive beamformer 216 is digital and allows beamforming at multiple depths.
- a memory device 218 stores the digitized signal from each transducer. The number of signals stored per acquisition is equivalent to the number of transducers in the device. The memory 218 may also save previous reference frame information. The information from the electronic compass 206 is also digitized for each acquisition and stored in memory 218 .
- the CPU 220 orchestrates the timing throughout the system and places the components in specific states.
- the CPU 220 also executes the tracking algorithm.
- FIG. 29 describes the process flow chart that may be used to acquire a signal data set and estimate the motion. It is assumed that a reference signal data set has been acquired.
- the process flow chart can be split into two separate regions. The first is the acquisition area and the second is the algorithm.
- a producer (acquisition)-consumer (calculation) model may be used to limit complexity and optimize processing time.
- the first step (block 250 ) is to acquire the azimuth, elevation and roll angles from the electronic compass. These angles are used to calculate the distance moved relative to the current reference frame and ultimately the starting location. It is beneficial to use averaging or other filtering techniques that remove any acceleration components.
- the signal vectors are acquired from the transducers in either a pulse-echo or pitch-catch mode. It may be necessary to reset the multiplexers depending on the system hardware configuration for each transmit. Signal data may be acquired at multiple locations or averaged to reduce phase error. This step is repeated through decision block 254 until the signal pulses from each transducer are acquired. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 29 , the number of transducers is 3, however, more transducers may be used since redundancy decreases the possibility of error.
- the signal vectors from the current reference frame are recalled from memory at block 256 and passed to the RfUME (Radio Frequency Ultrasound Motion Estimate) algorithm, which operates at block 258 .
- the RfUME algorithm finds the phase change between the current signal vectors and the reference frame.
- a correlation technique such as sum of absolute differences (SAD) may be used to find the best match for each vector pair.
- SAD sum of absolute differences
- This time difference is used in the RfUME algorithm to calculate the total movement in x, y and z from the reference.
- the RfUME algorithm assesses the quality of the fit. If SAD is used to determine the best fit, a higher SAD value implies a lower quality fit.
- a histogram analysis of SAD shows that the SAD magnitude predicts whether a motion estimate from the RfUME algorithm is good or bad. For example, if the SAD value is below a certain amount, then the measured phase difference for that transducer is good. If it is above a certain amount, then the measured phase difference may be good or bad. This SAD value is defined as the critical SAD.
- the SAD values are also compared to the critical SAD at decision block 260 . If the SAD values for any of the transducers are greater than the critical SAD, then this result suggests that the previous signal acquisition should have been the new reference. In this case, the previous measured x, y and z location is the accumulated movement (block 262 ). In order to limit re-referencing which may accumulate a significant amount of error, the accumulated x, y and z location of the possible new reference is compared with all of the stored references at decision block 264 .
- an old reference is used at block 266 . This technique may be beneficial when trying to hold the device still and re-referencing error must be limited.
- the RfUME algorithm may be used at block 268 to calculate the movement and SAD values.
- the SAD values may be compared to a SAD threshold at decision block 270 .
- This threshold is dependent on the sample rate of the process flow chart as well as the user model. For example, the higher the sample rate, the closer the SAD threshold could be to the critical SAD value. Furthermore, the faster a user might move given a fixed sample rate, then the lower the SAD threshold. SAD threshold prevents loss of tracking ability by updating the reference frame at an acceptable rate.
- the calculated x, y and z location is the accumulated movement and the current signal data becomes the new reference at block 272 .
- the accumulated x, y and z position are compared to the stored reference positions at decision block 274 . If there is a close match and the SAD values are acceptable, then the stored reference is used rather than the newly acquired signal vectors at block 276 .
- the amount of movement is compared to movement thresholds at decision block 278 .
- These thresholds for x, y and z are based on the transducer position and performance. For example, the wider the beam response for the individual transducers, the longer the distances that can be tracked from the reference frame. Furthermore, the directional matrix, frequency and bandwidth also affect the tracking performance. If these movement thresholds are exceeded, then the movement is accumulated and the reference vectors are changed at block 272 . This process continues until it is no longer desired to track motion.
- RfUME only tracks the movement from the current reference frame. Therefore, it is possible to rotate between the current reference frame and the old reference frame such that the coordinate system axes are different.
- the electronic compass helps account for this difference.
- the general equation is:
- X i0 is the distance from original reference to the current position
- X k0 is accumulated distance from the original reference to the current reference
- S k0 is the rotation matrix (3 ⁇ 3) between the current reference and the original reference
- X ik is the distance measured with the RfUME algorithm from the current reference to the current sample.
- the rotation matrix is determined by the electronic compass and calibration to the ultrasound transducer is required. In order to display the net movement, X i0 must be multiplied by the negative of S i0 , which is the rotation matrix between the current sample and the original reference.
- the azimuth, elevation and roll angles with the RfUME algorithm. This is accomplished by calculating the distance from multiple points in tissue. For example, if multiple points are tracked along the z-axis for the transducer concept depicted in FIG. 28 , then the tip and tilt can be determined. Azimuth may be determined by tracking multiple points in a plane parallel to the transducer face.
- the targeting catheter may be withdrawn at block 112 .
- acoustic arterial hemostasis is more effective without the presence of a catheter, guidewire or other structure present at the arteriotomy.
- the targeting catheter 32 may be completely withdrawn from the patient as illustrated in FIG. 7G while the user keeps the compression of the therapeutic applicator 20 constant and keeps the arteriotomy 30 targeted within the focus of the therapeutic applicator 20 via station keeping.
- the user interface on the applicator 20 may provide feedback to the user to aid in maintaining optimal compression and station keeping.
- FIG. 7H illustrates an energized ultrasonic therapeutic applicator 20 delivering a focused ultrasound beam near the arteriotomy 30 .
- the partial absorbance of the ultrasound energy by the tissue 31 at the focus of the beam causes rapid heating of the tissue 31 near the arteriotomy 30 .
- the heat denatures the native perivascular collagen with subsequent formation of an extensive fibrin network that covers the arteriotomy 30 , thereby sealing it closed.
- the duration of therapy may be any suitable period sufficient to effect hemostasis.
- a continuous application of therapeutic energy is used.
- the application of therapeutic energy may be interrupted, for example to allow interim cooling or repositioning of the therapeutic energy applicator 20 .
- the ultrasound treatment dose in one embodiment takes approximately 60 seconds.
- the user interface located on the therapeutic applicator may display relevant information such as the amount of compression 300 , a targeting display 302 for keeping the ultrasound focused on the arteriotomy, as well as a count down clock 304 indicating when treatment will terminate.
- relevant information such as the amount of compression 300 , a targeting display 302 for keeping the ultrasound focused on the arteriotomy, as well as a count down clock 304 indicating when treatment will terminate.
- a short period of tissue cooling may be allowed to occur without compression or applicator position being changed.
- the treatment may be concluded by the therapeutic applicator being removed from the patient's skin.
- the targeting catheter may be used to locate the precise position of the arteriotomy, such as by use of a targeting aid (e.g., an inflatable balloon) located on the targeting catheter.
- a targeting aid e.g., an inflatable balloon located on the targeting catheter.
- suitable targeting aids are not limited to balloons but may include one or more arteriotomy locating sensor(s).
- Suitable arteriotomy locating sensor(s) include but are not limited to: i) acoustic transceivers capable of transmitting and receiving acoustic signals (such as Doppler), ii) self-heated thermistor-based probes for detecting the arteriotomy location by discriminating conductive and convective energy dissipation levels in the tissues and blood surrounding the probe, and iii) use of piezoelectric materials self heating characteristics to discriminate conductive and convective energy dissipation levels in tissues and blood surrounding the probe. Additional descriptions for these three arteriotomy detection techniques are provided below. Those of skill in the art will appreciate many other possible methods and sensors for determining whether a sensor (or arbitrary location on a catheter) is located within a blood vessel versus or within tissue.
- arteriotomy locating sensor(s) includes one or more Doppler transducers as illustrated in the targeting catheter 310 depicted in FIG. 31 .
- This targeting catheter 310 has a soft flexible tip 312 with one or more locating and targeting piezoelectric Doppler devices 314 .
- a Doppler compression sensor 316 Further up the catheter 310 is a Doppler compression sensor 316 and a hub 318 located at the terminal end of the catheter 310 .
- Within the hub 318 is a tuning (matching) circuit and a mechanical and electrical connector allowing the targeting catheter 310 to be mechanically and electrically connected to the control system hardware.
- the arteriotomy localization step may be accomplished by slowly withdrawing the targeting catheter, thereby causing the arteriotomy locating sensor(s) (e.g., Doppler devices 314 ) to get closer to the arteriotomy.
- the sensor signal is monitored to determine when the arteriotomy locating sensor is proximate to the arteriotomy.
- the Doppler transducer(s) 314 may also emit an ultrasound signal which is received by ultrasound receivers or transducers located on the applicator to monitor the movement and position of the Doppler transducer(s) 314 , such as by using ATOF as described above.
- FIG. 32 is a schematic illustrating one embodiment of a procedure that may be used for arteriotomy localization (AL) using the catheter depicted in FIG. 31 .
- the Doppler transducer is referred to as a “CW beacon.”
- the targeting catheter 310 has a flexible construction to minimally distort the vessel position relative to the therapeutic applicator during targeting.
- the AL positioning is accomplished only through pulling (i.e., not pushing). This pulling may be accomplished by a withdrawal motion using either continuous movement or discrete incremental pulls. Pulling may be accomplished through either a manual process or by a device implementing a controlled pull process of the targeting catheter 310 .
- the speed and force associated with the targeting catheter 310 withdrawal maneuver to achieve the AL position may allow for clinically practical manual dexterity and a reasonable time for AL positioning, especially when using manual pulling.
- AL position takes only several seconds.
- a targeting catheter 310 may be used that is stiff enough to be both pushed and pulled into the arteriotomy locating position.
- arteriotomy location sensor e.g., Doppler transducer(s)
- algorithm subsystem e.g., Doppler transducer(s)
- this information may be translated into feedback presented to the user through the user interface located on the display of the handheld therapeutic applicator.
- a “Green Light/Yellow Light/Red Light” display may be utilized.
- the arteriotomy locating subsystem can detect the ateriotomy locating sensor (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) passing into the “treatment volume,” defined approximately by the tissue cylinder having as it's top surface the footprint of the therapeutic applicator.
- the user interface may display a “Green Light” ( FIG. 33A ) to indicate to the user that the beacon has crossed into the treatment region. While the user is pulling in the “Green Light” state, the pull velocity can be monitored via ATOF and, via communication with the ATOF system, the AL algorithms can detect beacon withdrawal velocities that may be too high (e.g., >3 mm/sec).
- the AL algorithm can trigger the user interface to alert the user to slow down the withdrawal speed if the user is using manual pulling.
- the AL subsystem detects the arteriotomy location sensor (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) as having reached an arteriotomy “proximity zone”, defined, for example, as 8 mm from the arteriotomy along the targeting catheter track, the status light will change to “Yellow” on the user interface to alert the user to slow down the withdrawal speed, as shown in FIG. 33B .
- the ATOF system can be used to monitor the withdrawal speed and alert the user to slow down if the speed exceeds an appropriate value relevant to the proximity zone, for example, 1.5 mm/sec.
- the AL subsystem detects the arteriotomy location sensor(s) (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) as having achieved arteriotomy localization (the “AL Position”), defined as a position at or a known distance from the centroid of the arteriotomy, with a tolerance on positioning of +/ ⁇ 1.0 mm, the status light will change to “Red” on the user interface (as shown in FIG. 33C ) to alert the user or a targeting catheter puller device to stop the withdrawal of the targeting catheter.
- the arteriotomy location sensor(s) e.g., Doppler transducer(s)
- the status light will change to “Red” on the user interface (as shown in FIG. 33C ) to alert the user or a targeting catheter puller device to stop the withdrawal of the targeting catheter.
- FIG. 34 is a schematic depicting the withdrawal of the targeting catheter 310 .
- the spatial relationship of the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) relative to the arteriotomy when at the arteriotomy localization position can be described by the distance vector, L btis , that describes the distance between the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 and the centroid 324 of the puncture site along the path of the targeting catheter and puncture track as shown in FIG. 34 .
- the centroid 324 of the arteriotomy is defined as the intersection of the targeting catheter 310 axis and the middle of the femoral artery wall at the puncture.
- L btis has a positive value
- the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 e.g., Doppler transducer(s)
- the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 is positioned in the tissue track
- the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 e.g., Doppler transducer(s)
- the arteriotomy locating sensor may include an acoustic transducer labeled “CW Beacon” 322 .
- the localization step may be accomplished by using the beacon 322 Doppler shift signals, as processed and interpreted by the arteriotomy localization hardware/software (a combination of system hardware and system software incorporating arterial localization specific algorithms).
- the “CW Beacon” 322 may transmit an acoustic signal and detect the Doppler shifted echo.
- the Doppler shift information is associated with motion at and near the arteriotomy, and the dominant motions yielding beacon 322 position-relevant signal information are those associated with blood flow (e.g., velocity, flow turbulence, blood flow direction relative to the beacon 322 orientation, and blood pressure variations).
- the Doppler processing used can either be based on non-directional or directional (In-Phase and Quadrature) modes.
- different frequencies can be used to excite different beacon 322 vibrational modes, modifying the tissue and spaces interrogated for Doppler shift information.
- the electronic system user interface is able to inform and guide the user as to beacon 322 localization through either audible or non-audible (principally visual) cues. In this way, less user training and experience will be required to achieve reliable arteriotomy localization. Localization cues that are non-audible and thus not dependent on a user learning “targeting sounds” may be generated by having the Doppler signals be processed by the arteriotomy localization hardware/software in a manner which can identify the acoustic signature of the arteriotomy or other characteristic location near the arteriotomy that has a consistent and unique acoustic signature.
- FIG. 35 displays one embodiment of a system that may be used for targeting catheter placement.
- a targeting catheter transducer (“TA TXCR”) 324 may be mounted on the targeting catheter.
- Ultrasonic send and receive circuits (“T/R”) 326 and processing may be provided by programmable pulser 328 , amplifier 330 , and analog to digital converter 332 , through transmit/receive switch 326 —all under control of a processor 334 , which itself is capable of either CW or pulse wave Doppler processing (depending upon the embodiment).
- This exemplary processing configuration will be used as the basis for describing several approaches to targeting catheter placement below.
- Each approach to targeting catheter placement generally follows a process wherein the operator advances the targeting catheter into the body via an introducer sheath or entry channel and positions it in the entry channel in response to user interface information.
- FIG. 36 depicts the functionality of a technique employing forward looking pulsed wave Doppler to measure the distance 340 in front of the targeting catheter beacon 178 at which the arterial flow volume is located.
- beacon 178 is pulsed at a relatively high (approximately in the range 3-8 MHz) frequency, projecting a narrow acoustic beam 198 axially and in front of beacon 178 .
- the beacon 178 detects the Doppler shifted echo of each pulse.
- the computer of FIG. 35 executes range-gated analysis of the Doppler pulse, thus measuring distance to the region of blood flow, 340 .
- the user interface can instruct the operator to position the beacon 178 at a point corresponding to the clearance location (CL), the place where the beacon 178 is located outside of the region of insonification from the therapy beam.
- the targeting beacon 178 may remain in the body during application of therapy, providing desired targeting information to a user to assist the user in maintaining the focal point of the therapeutic energy at the site of the arteriotomy 30 .
- the location of the beacon 178 relative to the therapeutic applicator 20 along with the distance to flow volume 340 may be used to determine the location of the arteriotomy 30 relative to the applicator 20 .
- the geometric uncertainty created by stick angle variation may be compensated for, assuming that an ATOF positioning system is in operation during the targeting catheter placement and location process.
- the forward looking Doppler distance desired for proper positioning is defined by:
- FIG. 37 illustrates another positioning alternative wherein pulsed wave Doppler transmitted in a beam 342 perpendicularly to the axis of the targeting catheter 32 locates the flow volume.
- pulsed wave Doppler transmitted in a beam 342 perpendicularly to the axis of the targeting catheter 32 locates the flow volume.
- measurement of the distance to the flow volume 344 is made and is used as a parametric representation of the location of beacon 178 with respect to the Arteriotomy 30 .
- DELTA is an offset value representing the distance above the flow volume desired for beacon positioning.
- the z coordinate of the beacon 178 is measured by utilizing the ATOF triangulation system—TOF distances 180 between the beacon 178 and the receiving sensors 171 on the applicator 20 .
- the z coordinate of the anterior surface of the flow volume is measured, as depicted in FIG. 38 , by pulsed Doppler ranging with pulses transmitted by the therapeutic array in applicator 20 and received by beacon 178 .
- an interrogating Doppler line could be constructed from a number of transmit pulses having progressively varying focal positions. This method offers very high resolution location of the flow volume due to power available and the sharp focus.
- the applicator 20 would ideally be in targeted position when executing the Z matching because the artery 28 may be deep at various positions.
- An iterative method of positioning may be used wherein the applicator 20 is approximately positioned, beacon 178 is placed, and then the applicator 20 and beacon 178 are re-positioned for final targeting.
- a targeting catheter beacon 178 in combination with the sensors 171 on the therapeutic applicator 20 .
- a separate Doppler transducer one or more channels may be integrated into the applicator 20 face and used to both send and receive.
- Combination Methods may advantageously also be used in combinations with each other, for example, by combining forward looking and side-looking Doppler. Such combinations may be used to increase robustness of the positioning process. These methods may also be used in combination with thermal methods. It is noted that beacons on the targeting catheter may be used to make self-heated thermal measurement and associated position determinations inside or outside of flowing blood. In this method, the capacitance may be measured at an off resonant frequency of the piezoelectric material (e.g. PZT) to estimate temperature.
- PZT piezoelectric material
- the arteriotomy location sensor on the targeting catheter may be a thermistor based probe, used either alone or in combination with an ultrasound transducer.
- Use of self-heating thermistors is termed herein as Thermistor Detection via Targeting and Monitoring (TDTM).
- TDTM Thermistor Detection via Targeting and Monitoring
- These probes contain thermistors as sensors to assist in locating the puncture site, monitoring leakage of fluids or bleeding (prior to and during treatment), confirming the targeted location of the therapeutic energy delivery, and measuring and monitoring at least a portion of the thermal dose delivered to the treatment field.
- the TDTM probes may have physical structures, and sizes, similar to catheterization guidewires. They can be deployed as an integral portion of a therapeutic hemostasis procedure using either non-invasive or invasive therapeutic heating modalities, and have the advantage of requiring little additional effort or complexity in the puncture sealing or closure procedure.
- the core sensor(s) deployed on the TDTM probes may be one or more thermistors (temperature sensors possessing the property of electrical resistance that varies with temperature). Both the electrical resistance variation with temperature of thermistors and their property of self-heating when supplied with adequate electrical power may be utilized.
- the latter property refers to the fact that when a thermistor is connected to an electrical circuit, power is dissipated in it as heat and, thus, the body temperature of the thermistor rises above the temperature of its immediate environment.
- An energy balance on the thermistor requires that the rate at which energy is supplied (Q) must equal the rate at which energy is lost, plus the rate at which energy is absorbed (energy storage).
- the dissipation coefficient is defined as the ratio, at a specified temperature, of a change in the power dissipation of the thermistor to the resultant thermistor body temperature change.
- the dissipation constant depends on the thermal environment around the thermistor, so naturally, the coefficient depends on the thermal conductivity of the medium surrounding it, convection (forced or free convection) influences, as may result from relative motion between the surrounding medium and the thermistor, and thermal conduction through leads and surfaces upon which the thermistor is mounted, etc.
- the dissipation coefficient is also naturally dependent upon the physical geometry of the thermistor, especially its surface area and mass. For example, a larger surface area will result in a larger dissipation coefficient for a given thermal environment. This in turn requires more input power for a larger thermistor than a smaller one in order to achieve an equivalent temperature difference between the thermistor and its surroundings.
- thermistor device will have low thermal mass, which will allow it to cool and re-heat relatively quickly. This relatively fast thermal response makes the smaller device more sensitive to rapid changes in the dissipation coefficient.
- TDTM probe may be positioned in the tissue such that its thermistor sensor(s) can travel to and be located in close proximity to the puncture site, typically through the puncture track created by the instrument producing the puncture wound and/or maintaining the wound portal open (e.g., a catheter or needle).
- FIG. 39 illustrates a TDTM probe having a single self-heating thermistor 414 at the tip of the targeting catheter 32 inserted into an agar tissue phantom 418 incorporating a “blood vessel” 412 (duct cast into the agar) perfused with a blood-mimicking fluid (e.g., water in thermal equilibrium with the agar) 410 .
- a blood vessel duct cast into the agar
- a blood-mimicking fluid e.g., water in thermal equilibrium with the agar
- the probe 414 may be placed in the vessel 412 in a manner analogous to arterial catheterization, by creating a puncture track from the “skin” surface down to the vessel puncture site (intersection of the probe 414 with the vessel 412 ). By moving the probe 414 (probe 414 travel is indicated as by arrows 416 ) in the puncture track, such that the sensor 414 (e.g., the thermistor bead) can be alternatively placed a) in the track, b) at the anterior (upper) vessel wall (i.e., the puncture site) or c) in the lumen of the vessel 412 , thermistor signals indicative of the bead location are provided as output to the data acquisition system.
- the sensor 414 e.g., the thermistor bead
- FIG. 40 is a graph of temperature differential, show the variation of the differential for various locations of the probe.
- the thermistor may be first “zeroed” with the bead in the track (i.e., the equilibrium temperature whereby the self-heated thermistor is in the track and has no flow may be set as the baseline). After zeroing, maneuvering the probe in and out of the “vessel” will produce characteristic thermal signals indicative of the bead position. For example, as the probe bead is advanced into the lumen of the vessel, the sensor signal indicates the associated cooling signature due to heat dissipation into the blood flow (bead temperature decrease with characteristic flow-perturbation jitter in the temperature waveform).
- the thermistor sensor has the ability to indicate when it is, alternatively, in the track (here above the vessel), in the lumen of the vessel, or at the wall of the vessel.
- the thermistor also has the ability to indicate when bleeding in the track occurs.
- FIG. 41 depicts a graph where blood mimicking flow (using water) is produced over the thermistor one drop at a time while the bead is in a track (small duct in thermal equilibrium with the agar and the fluid).
- the thermistor signal is extremely sensitive to detecting even discrete drops flowing over it.
- a TDTM probe having a thermistor bead in its shaft in the puncture track should be sensitive enough to detect any thermally significant track bleeding, or bodily fluid leakage, from the puncture site.
- FIG. 42 shows the experimental setup with the artery 412 located in the pig tissue 420 and the vessel puncture site situated at 414 , again using the single bead TDTM probe of FIGS. 39 through 41 .
- an oscillatory thermal signal is produced of significant amplitude, indicative of the pulsatile change in convective cooling surrounding the bead, i.e., the stop-start nature of the vessel blood flow accompanying the heart cycle (systole to diastole) of the animal.
- TDTM probe thermistor beads can provide signal information indicating when they reside either in the lumen of the vessel, near or at the vessel wall, or in the track, with either modest or significant compression (i.e., indicating the presence or absence of track bleeding).
- These properties can therefore be used to both place a TDTM probe in the track such that the probe would be in a known relationship to the puncture site, and in such a way that track bleeding could be monitored, providing user feedback on level of tissue compression, with such information also being used to confirm absence of track bleeding, avoiding potentially compromising the efficacy of the cautery thermal dose via heat carried away in blood from the treatment zone.
- the ability of placing the TDTM probe 428 in fixed relationship to the puncture site can be useful in targeting the therapeutic energy from a device used for deep cautery.
- One method to place the probe at the puncture site is illustrated in FIG. 44 using a TDTM probe with two thermistor beads 430 and 432 .
- the probe 428 is placed such that its distal end beads 430 and 432 (separated by a small distance optimized for the application) straddle the puncture hole.
- the distal sensor 430 resides in the lumen of the artery 28
- the proximal bead 432 is in the track just above the puncture.
- the signals from the thermistors can be such that they can guide the clinician in positioning the probe 428 in this arrangement at the puncture.
- the guidance in such positioning could be derived from either direct operator observation and interpretation of the waveforms, or through a more automated, yet simple, user interface (e.g., one employing an algorithm that translates the waveform information into automatically interpreted symbolic information providing positioning cues).
- FIG. 45 is a graph depicting sample temperature traces from an in vivo pig experiment in which successful placement of the thermistor bead portion of the probe was placed in the artery in the arrangement represented in FIG. 44 , i.e., dual beads were positioned to straddle the femoral artery puncture.
- FIG. 46 Another embodiment includes a triple bead TDTM probe, as shown in FIG. 46 .
- the distal bead 430 nearest the tip
- the proximal bead 432 is placed in the puncture track, thus bracketing the puncture site.
- the third (center) bead 434 may be located approximately at the puncture site.
- the thermistor beads could be used for guiding and confirming the placement of the therapeutic energy dose, for example, by simply delivering test exposures (shots) of therapeutic energy at the appropriate depth and positioning the therapeutic beam using the feedback of the thermistor heating responses to maximize the heating response on the center bead.
- shots test exposures
- thermistor heating responses to maximize the heating response on the center bead.
- FIG. 47 is graph showing the thermal responses from a dual bead TDTM probe placed at the puncture site as in the case shown in FIG. 44 , here in a pig femoral artery subjected to pulsed test shots of therapeutic energy.
- the position of the beam focus and the probe thermistor beads are simultaneously monitored using gray scale B-mode (2D) ultrasound imaging.
- the position of the focus of the therapeutic beam passes (in the plane of the 2D image) from bead #1 to bead #2.
- the path of the therapeutic beam focus is reflected in changes in amplitude of the temperature spikes produced by the pulsed delivery of power as the applicator targeting orientation and position is moved.
- the energy can be appropriately targeted (while the TDTM probe is in place in the tissue puncture region).
- attempts to seal the puncture with the TDTM probe in place is contraindicated due to the tendency of the probe to either a) interfere with the sealing process during dosing, or b) disrupt a successful seal upon removal of the probe.
- the probe is at least partially withdrawn until it is clear of the puncture prior to the delivery of the dose. This maneuver will not eliminate the advantages of the probe.
- the TDTM probe can be used to position the therapeutic beam at the puncture, as described above. Further, the adequacy and level of the therapeutic dosing power can be assessed through the thermistor thermal signals in response to test power pulses (as illustrated in FIG.
- the probe can be used to monitor and guide compression and confirm the absence of track bleeding.
- TDTM probe thermistors in conjunction with other sensors (non-thermistor) for targeting and monitoring the puncture site.
- sensors non-thermistor
- These “partner” sensors could be deployed on the shaft of the probe used in the puncture track, and could provide complementary, redundant or unique information for orienting and guiding a medical device of interest (e.g., a therapeutic device such as an ultrasound applicator used for sealing puncture wounds).
- FIG. 48 illustrates a system where the probe contains two thermisters and one non-thermister partner sensor positioned in between.
- An example of complementary information from the thermistor could include monitoring the state of bleeding of the puncture track, while the partner sensor broadcasts its location for 3D positioning (e.g., by a distance measurement-based or time-of-flight based triangulation method with appropriate receiver-transmitter pairs, such as the ATOF technique described in above).
- partner sensors could be based on a variety of energy forms, such as electrical, electromagnetic, magnetic, and acoustic energy, using appropriate transmission and receiver modules in the sensor and on the medical device being guided.
- a TDTM probe is used in conjunction with invasive therapeutic devices used for sealing puncture wounds.
- FIG. 49 illustrates a system where both thermister beads and a therapeutic heat source are introduced to the puncture site.
- Such therapeutic heating devices could be placed down the puncture track, deployed as catheter-like minimally invasive surgical (MIS) tools, and could have their sources of thermal energy delivery (therapeutic head) located at their distal tip.
- MIS minimally invasive surgical
- a variety of energy sources could be possible with such MIS tools (e.g., RF electrical heating devices, therapeutic laser energy delivered via fiber-optics or light wave-guides, microwave antennae, ultrasound transducers, and the like).
- the invasive therapeutic devices can be positioned in appropriate relation to the puncture site to effectively target and seal the wound.
- the TDTM probe could be used to locate the therapeutic head of the invasive sealing device at the puncture site by using the TDTM probe as a guide-wire structure.
- the thermistor beads of the TDTM probe would be placed at the puncture site, with the cautery device deployed over the TDTM probe and advanced toward the puncture site until it reached a position that corresponded to an appropriate separation distance between the therapeutic head and the puncture site.
- the TDTM probe Prior to delivering the thermal dose, the TDTM probe could be withdrawn like a guidewire up into the inner channel of the cautery probe to remove the thermistor beads from the heated treatment zone before the thermal dose is delivered to the puncture site.
- the thermistor beads could also be used to confirm adequate compression at the treated site by monitoring bleeding up the track of the MIS cautery device.
- the thermistor beads could be used to monitor the level of the delivered dose through the thermal response of the thermistor to therapeutic test doses, as describe above.
- the TDTM probe can be used in conjunction with both non-invasive and invasive thermal sealing or cautery therapeutic devices in halting bleeding or bodily fluid leakage at depth from penetration wounds associated with medical procedures.
- the TDTM probe can assist in: a) locating the puncture site (e.g., arteriotomy), and can be positioned in relationship to this site; b) confirming/guiding tissue compression levels adequate to eliminate track bleeding during application of the thermal dose; and c) targeting the therapeutic energy; d) assessing in situ the propriety of the therapeutic power
- the thermistor sensors can be used in combination and coordination with other types of sensors, and in different configurations and spatial arrangements.
- thermistor sensors can also be used to guide invasive therapeutic devices (e.g., minimally invasive surgical type tools).
- TDTM probes with one, two, three or more sensors can be used, depending on the application and the procedural approach desired.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
- Ultra Sonic Daignosis Equipment (AREA)
Abstract
Systems and methods for maintaining the alignment of a therapeutic ultrasound applicator to a target site are described. Overlapping ultrasound signals are sent to a target tissue site and the echo detected. An algorithm is described for detecting tissue movement relative to the applicator based on comparison of the echo with a previously stored echo.
Description
- This application is a continuation of co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 11/583,569, filed on Oct. 19, 2006, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/728,783, filed Oct. 20, 2005 and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/808,665, filed May 26, 2006, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- This disclosure relates to systems of methods for locating arteriotomies. In some embodiments, the localization is used for therapeutic targeting (e.g., for targeting of high-intensity focused ultrasound).
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- Certain medical procedures result in bleeding penetration wounds inside the body, for example via the insertion of devices into blood vessels and/or organs. Representative procedures include arterial and venous catheterization for cardiologic or radiologic interventional procedures, needle biopsy procedures, and minimally invasive surgery. Improved percutaneous catheterization techniques have enabled physicians to perform an ever-increasing number of diagnostic and therapeutic cardiovascular procedures using devices deployed through arteries and veins. The annual number of therapeutic and diagnostic catheterization procedures worldwide is over 14 million and it is continuously growing.
- In the vast majority of these catheterization procedures, access to the vasculature is accomplished by percutaneous installation of an introducer sheath into the common femoral artery. The introducer sheath facilitates passage of a variety of diagnostic and therapeutic instruments and devices into the vessel and its tributaries. At the conclusion of the catheterization procedure, the introducer sheath is removed, leaving an arteriotomy that must be sealed. Arteriotomy hemostasis is most often (approximately two-thirds of all cases) achieved by the application of manual or mechanical compression (standard compression) on the puncture site until a stable clot forms. Several important limitations are associated with the use of standard compression. For example, a physician, nurse, or trained technician must apply digital pressure on the access site for up to 40 minutes. Patients must remain on bed rest for three or more hours so as not to disrupt clot formation in the arteriotomy. The most painful aspects of the catheterization procedure reported by patients are the standard compression procedure and lying immobile for hours. The aggressive use of anticoagulants and antiplatelet therapies to prevent thrombus formation during catheterization procedures has greatly increased the difficulty of sealing the access site using compression. Finally, complications occur, the most frequent of which are the formation of hematomas, pseudo-aneurysms, and/or arteriovenous fistulae.
- Products for sealing arteriotomies based on newer technologies such as collagen plugs, sealants and mechanical suturing are being successfully marketed. However, these products are invasive, implant foreign materials, require skill and training to use, and can cause major complications. Accordingly, there is a need for improved systems and methods for sealing arteriotomies
- One embodiment described herein includes an arteriotomy targeting catheter having an arteriotomy targeting aid coupled to the catheter and adapted to detect the location of an arteriotomy and one or more beacons coupled to the catheter proximal to the arteriotomy targeting aid. In one embodiment, the arteriotomy targeting aid comprises an inflatable balloon. In one embodiment, the balloon comprises an elastic polymeric material. In one embodiment, the soft elastic polymeric material is selected from the group consisting of one or more of a polyamide, a polyamide blend, a polyethylene, a polyethylene terephthalate, a polyurethane, a polyamide, and a polyamide blend. In one embodiment, the polyamide blend is PBAX. In one embodiment, the durometer of the balloon material is between 20 A and 90 D. In one embodiment, the durometer of the balloon material is between 80 A and 65 D.
- In one embodiment, the durometer of the balloon material is 90 A. In one embodiment, the arteriotomy targeting aid comprises a mechanical expansible device. In one embodiment, the arteriotomy targeting aid comprises an arteriotomy locating sensor. In one embodiment, the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises a temperature sensor. In one embodiment, the temperature sensor is a thermistor. In one embodiment, the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises a flow measurement sensor. In one embodiment, the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises an optical sensor. In one embodiment, the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises an impedance sensor. In one embodiment, the arteriotomy locating sensor comprises a Doppler sensor. In one embodiment, the beacon comprises an ultrasonic transmitter. In one embodiment, the beacon comprises a radio frequency transmitter. In one embodiment, the beacon comprises a magnetic field generator.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of determining the location of a therapeutic site in a body, comprising inserting a catheter into the body, wherein the catheter comprises a targeting aid, and manipulating the catheter such that the targeting aid is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the therapeutic site is an arteriotomy. In one embodiment, manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until a Doppler signal from the targeting aid determines that the targeting aid is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises a temperature sensor and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the temperature sensor indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises a fluid flow detector and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the fluid flow detector indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises an optical sensor and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the optical sensor indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises a pressure sensor and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the pressure sensor indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises an impedance sensor and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the impedance sensor indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises a force detector and manipulating the catheter comprises moving the catheter until the force detector indicates that it is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises a mechanically expansive device and the method comprises expanding the mechanically expansive device and moving the catheter until the device is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises an inflatable balloon and the method comprises inflating the balloon and moving the catheter until the balloon is adjacent to or at the therapeutic site. In one embodiment, the therapeutic site is an arteriotomy created by an introducer sheath inserted into an artery, inserting the catheter into the body comprises inserting the catheter and targeting aid through the lumen of the introducer sheath past the arteriotomy and into the artery, and manipulating the catheter comprises retracting the catheter such that the targeting aid approaches the arteriotomy. In one embodiment, the introducer sheath is retracted simultaneously with retraction of the catheter. In one embodiment, the targeting aid comprises an inflatable balloon and wherein the balloon is inflated after insertion of the catheter and prior to retracting the catheter. One embodiment further includes applying compression above the arteriotomy.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of determining the location of a therapeutic site in a body relative to a therapeutic applicator, comprising inserting a targeting catheter into the body, identifying the location of the therapeutic site using the targeting catheter, and determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator. In one embodiment, the therapeutic site is an arteriotomy. One embodiment further comprises aligning the therapeutic applicator with the therapeutic site based on the relative position of the targeting catheter. In one embodiment, determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator comprises using triangulation. In one embodiment, the triangulation is based on magnetic fields. In one embodiment, the triangulation is based on acoustic signals. In one embodiment, the triangulation is based on an acoustic time-of-flight determination. In one embodiment, determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator comprises transmitting an ultrasound signal from a transmitter located on the catheter to multiple receivers located on the therapeutic applicator. In one embodiment, the transmitter comprises a piezoelectric cylinder. In one embodiment, determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator comprises determining the acoustic time-of-flight from the transmitter to the receivers. In one embodiment, determining the position of the targeting catheter relative to the therapeutic applicator comprises transmitting ultrasound signals from multiple transmitters located on the therapeutic applicator to a receiver located on the catheter.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method for sealing a vascular opening in a blood vessel, comprising transiently substantially occluding the blood vessel, applying energy adjacent to the vascular opening such that the opening is sealed, and removing the blood vessel occlusion. In one embodiment, the blood vessel is a fermoral, brachial, or radial artery. In one embodiment, the blood vessel is transiently fully occluded. In one embodiment, occluding the blood vessel comprises applying compressive force to the blood vessel. In one embodiment, the compressive force is applied using an energy applicator that is used to apply the energy. In one embodiment, the compressive force is applied to the surface of skin located over the blood vessel. In one embodiment, applying energy adjacent to the vascular opening comprises directing energy from an energy applicator located on or near the surface of skin over the blood vessel. In one embodiment, applying energy to the vascular opening comprises energizing an energy applicator positioned inside a patient near the vascular opening. In one embodiment, the energy applied is acoustic energy. In one embodiment, the energy applied is high intensity focused ultrasound energy. In one embodiment, the energy applied is radio frequency energy. In one embodiment, the energy applied is microwave energy. In one embodiment, the energy applied is optical energy. In one embodiment, the optical energy comprises one or more of ultraviolet, visible, near-infrared, or infrared energy. In one embodiment, the energy is thermal energy. In one embodiment, the energy is cryogenic energy.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method for sealing a vascular opening in a blood vessel in a patient, comprising inserting a targeting catheter into the blood vessel, locating the vascular opening using the targeting catheter, aligning a therapeutic energy applicator relative to the targeting catheter, initiating a station keeping algorithm configured to detect relative motion between tissue in the vicinity of the vascular opening and the applicator, and applying energy from the applicator to tissue adjacent to the vascular opening to seal the opening. In one embodiment, inserting the targeting catheter comprises inserting the catheter through the vascular opening. In one embodiment, the vascular opening is created by insertion of an introducer sheath and inserting the targeting catheter comprises inserting the catheter through the sheath. In one embodiment, locating the vascular opening comprises manipulating the targeting catheter until a targeting aid on the catheter is adjacent to or at the vascular opening. In one embodiment, aligning the therapeutic energy applicator comprises detecting the position of the applicator relative to a beacon located on the catheter. In one embodiment, detecting the position of the applicator relative to the beacon comprises emitting an ultrasonic signal from the beacon to multiple receivers on the applicator. In one embodiment, the energy is high intensity focused ultrasound. One embodiment includes withdrawing the catheter from the blood vessel prior to applying energy from the applicator. In one embodiment, the targeting catheter remains in the patient's body during application of the energy. In one embodiment, the targeting catheter is removed from the patient's body prior to application of the energy. One embodiment includes applying pressure to the blood vessel to transiently partially or fully occlude the vessel prior to initiating station keeping.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of detecting tissue movement relative to an ultrasound applicator, comprising emitting first ultrasonic pulses from at least three ultrasound transducers to a target point in the tissue, detecting first ultrasonic echoes with the ultrasound transducers, emitting second ultrasonic pulses from the ultrasound transducers, detecting second ultrasonic echoes with the ultrasound transducers, comparing the first and second ultrasonic echoes, and determining the amount of relative tissue movement using the comparison and directional vectors between the ultrasound transducers and the target point. In one embodiment, comparing the first and second ultrasonic echoes comprises determining time shifts between the echoes. In one embodiment, comparing the first and second ultrasonic echoes comprises determining phase differences between the echoes. In one embodiment, determining the amount of relative tissue movement comprises executing a recursive algorithm. In one embodiment, experimentally determining the directional vectors.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of detecting tissue movement relative to an ultrasound applicator, comprising emitting a first ultrasonic pulse from a first ultrasound transducer to a target point in the tissue, detecting a first ultrasonic echo at a second and third ultrasound transducer, emitting a second ultrasonic pulse from either the second or third ultrasound transducer to the target point, detecting a second ultrasonic echo at the first ultrasound transducer and the non-transmitting second or third ultrasound transducer, comparing the echoes to previously recorded echoes, and determining the amount of relative tissue movement using the comparison and directional vectors between the ultrasound transducers and the target point. One embodiment includes detecting the first and second ultrasonic echoes at least one additional ultrasound transducer. In one embodiment, comparing the echoes comprises determining time shifts between the detected echoes and the previously recorded echoes. In one embodiment, comparing the echoes comprises determining phase differences between the detected echoes and the previously recorded echoes. In one embodiment, determining the amount of relative tissue movement comprises executing a recursive algorithm. One embodiment includes experimentally determining the directional vectors.
- Another embodiment described herein includes a method of detecting tissue movement relative to an ultrasound applicator, comprising emitting an ultrasonic pulse from a first ultrasound transducer to a target point in the tissue, detecting an ultrasonic echo at the first ultrasound transducer and at a second and third ultrasound transducer, comparing the echo to a previously recorded echo, and determining the amount of relative tissue movement using the comparison and directional vectors between the ultrasound transducers and the target point. One embodiment comprises detecting the ultrasonic echo at least one additional ultrasound transducer. In one embodiment, comparing the echo comprises determining time shifts between the detected echo and the previously recorded echo. In one embodiment, comparing the echo comprises determining phase differences between the detected echo and the previously recorded echo. In one embodiment, determining the amount of relative tissue movement comprises executing a recursive algorithm. On embodiment includes experimentally determining the directional vectors.
-
FIG. 1 depicts an ultrasound applicator and a visualization of the focused, high intensity ultrasound emitted from the applicator. -
FIGS. 2A-2C are micrographs of femoral arteriotomies sealed with focused ultrasound.FIG. 2A illustrates a sealed ovine femoral artery.FIG. 2B illustrates a sealed swine femoral artery.FIG. 2C illustrates the same artery asFIG. 2B , but viewing it from the intimal surface. -
FIG. 3 is a perspective view of an acoustic hemostasis system. -
FIG. 4A depicts a hand-held therapeutic applicator being positioned onto a patient. -
FIG. 4B is an illustration of the user interface screen located on the hand-held therapeutic applicator. -
FIG. 5 is a flowchart depicting one embodiment of an overall system vascular closure procedure. -
FIG. 6 is a diagram of an introducer sheath located in an femoral artery. -
FIG. 7A is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating the insertion of a targeting catheter into a vessel through an introducer sheath. -
FIG. 7B is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating the inflation of a targeting balloon and compression from a therapeutic applicator. -
FIG. 7C is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating arteriotomy localization. -
FIG. 7D is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating alignment of a therapeutic applicator to the arteriotomy. -
FIG. 7E is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure illustrating compression applied to either partially occlude or fully occlude the artery prior to focused energy treatment. -
FIG. 7F is a diagram of a vascular closure procedure at the initiation of station keeping. -
FIG. 7G is a diagram of the vascular closure procedure illustrating the withdrawal of the targeting catheter from the artery. -
FIG. 7H is a diagram of the vascular closure procedure illustrating the dosing of the focused ultrasound in order to perform acoustic arterial hemostasis. -
FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a balloon targeting catheter. -
FIG. 9 is a diagram of the balloon targeting catheter and associated components. -
FIG. 10A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the distal section of a balloon targeting catheter. -
FIG. 10B is an axial cross-sectional view of the distal section of a balloon targeting catheter. -
FIG. 10C an end view of the distal section of a balloon targeting catheter. -
FIG. 10D is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the distal section of a balloon targeting catheter. -
FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating the targeting catheter and ultrasound applicator after arterial localization with the arteriotomy locating beacon emitting ultrasound waves. -
FIG. 12 is an illustration of the user interface for targeting on the arteriotomy. -
FIG. 13 is a schematic illustrating acoustic time of flight targeting of the therapeutic applicator. -
FIG. 14 is a schematic of a cylindrical piezoelectric arteriotomy locating beacon having three possible modes of operation. -
FIG. 15 is a schematic of a therapeutic applicator face having CW/PW Doppler mode transducers, ATOF receivers, and therapeutic transducers. -
FIG. 16 is a graph showing voltage measured on a piezoelectric element from external stress (hard surface). -
FIG. 17 is a graph showing voltage measured on a piezoelectric element from external stress (thumb). -
FIG. 18 is a graph showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement in the X-axis using a pitch-catch algorithm. -
FIG. 19 is a graph showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement in the Y-axis using a pitch-catch algorithm. -
FIG. 20 is a graph showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement in the Z-axis using a pitch-catch algorithm. -
FIG. 21 depicts three graphs showing station keeping detected motion using the conventional approach for elevation rotation. -
FIG. 22 depicts three graphs showing station keeping detected motion using the conventional approach for roll rotation. -
FIG. 23 depicts three graphs showing station keeping detected motion using a recursive approach for elevation rotation. -
FIG. 24 depicts three graphs showing station keeping detected motion using a recursive approach for roll rotation. -
FIG. 25 depicts three graphs showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement using a calculated direction matrix along the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis, respectively. -
FIG. 26 depicts three graphs showing the accuracy of station keeping detected movement using a measured direction matrix along the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis, respectively. -
FIG. 27 is a block diagram showing a station keeping system. -
FIG. 28 is a schematic depicting a transucer concept that uses three phased arrays to track multiple points along the z-axis. -
FIG. 29 is a flow chart depicting a Radio Frequency Ultrasound Motion Estimate algorithm for station keeping. -
FIG. 30 is an illustration of an ultrasound applicator user interface during therapeutic dosing. -
FIG. 31 is an illustration of a targeting catheter having a piezoelectric Doppler device as a targeting aid. -
FIG. 32 is a schematic of a targeting catheter located in a femoral artery. -
FIGS. 33A-33C are illustrations of a user interface on the therapeutic applicator. -
FIG. 34 is a schematic illustrating the determination of the distance between an arteriotomy and a beacon/arteriotomy sensor. -
FIG. 35 is a block diagram of an arteriotomy locating system. -
FIG. 36 is a schematic of a forward looking Doppler arteriotomy locating sensor. -
FIG. 37 is a schematic of a side looking Doppler arteriotomy locating sensor. -
FIG. 38 is a schematic of a Z-matching arteriotomy locating sensor. -
FIG. 39 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having a single thermistor at its tip. -
FIG. 40 is a graph of temperature signals from a thermistor bead on a TDTM probe. -
FIG. 41 is a graph of temperature signals from a thermistor bead on a TDTM probe while bleeding is simulated using dropwise flow pulses. -
FIG. 42 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having a single thermistor at its tip under pulsatile flood flow. -
FIG. 43A is a graph of temperature differential measured from experimental setup ofFIG. 42 while the TDTM probe bead is moved from the lumen of the femoral artery into the puncture track. -
FIG. 43B is a graph of temperature differential measured from experimental setup ofFIG. 42 while the TDTM probe bead is moved from the puncture track under maximal compression (no track bleeding) conditions directly to the lumen of the femoral artery. -
FIG. 44 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having dual thermistor beads near its tip under in vivo pulsatile blood flow conditions. -
FIG. 45 is a graph of temperature signals from the TDTM probe ofFIG. 44 . The TDTM probe is moved from the positions of both beads located in the lumen to both beads in the puncture track. -
FIG. 46 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having three thermistor beads near its tip. -
FIG. 47 is a graph of temperature differentials measured from a TDTM probe with dual beads in response to therapeutic energy test power pulses delivered from a focused ultrasound applicator. -
FIG. 48 is a schematic of a TDTM probe having two thermistors in conjunction with a non-thermistor partner sensor. -
FIG. 49 is a schematic of a TDTM probe used in conjunction with an invasive cautery or puncture sealing device. -
FIG. 50 is a schematic of an experimental setup for measuring the effects of transient arterial occlusion. -
FIG. 51 is a photograph of the setup depicted inFIG. 50 . -
FIG. 52 is a graph of temperature change during heating of the experimental setup ofFIGS. 50 and 51 . -
FIG. 53 is a photograph of the cross-section of the artery treated in the experiment ofFIG. 50-52 . - Disclosed herein are systems and methods associated with an acoustic hemostasis device. This device, designed for rapid, noninvasive sealing of femoral arteriotomies using focused ultrasound technology, requires neither the prolonged application of pressure and immobilization associated with standard compression, nor implantation of any foreign material. Thus, this system has the potential to provide a superior method of arteriotomy closure. This system has been also described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,656,136, filed Oct. 25, 2000; co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/671,417 filed Sep. 24, 2003; U.S. Pat. No. 6,719,694, filed Dec. 22, 2000; and U.S. Pat. No. 6,626,855, filed Nov. 22, 2000; all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Because of its unique properties in soft tissue, medical ultrasound can be brought to a tight focus at a distance from its source.
FIG. 1 depicts anultrasound applicator 20 emitting focused ultrasound to afocal volume 5. The ultrasound energy is modeled using the Schlieren technique.FIG. 1 illustrates the ability to tightly focus ultrasound waves in soft tissue at a distance from its source. If sufficient energy is radiated from an ultrasound source (e.g. ultrasound applicator 20), tissue located in thefocal volume 5 can be rapidly heated while intervening and adjacent tissues are unaffected. By precisely controlling the magnitude, location and distribution of the focused ultrasound, noninvasive therapies such as arterial puncture sealing can be rapidly and safely administered. - Animal and human studies have show that use of high-intensity focused ultrasound to locally heat punctures and lacerations in arterial and venous walls can affect rapid and durable sealing (acoustic hemostasis) of these wounds.
- The acoustic hemostasis sealing mechanism relies not on blood coagulation, but rather on the formation of a thermally coagulated collagen cap that adheres to the external elastic lamina and thereby seals the arteriotomy. This method of arteriotomy closure is noninvasive, acts on collagen naturally present in the adventitial and perivascular tissues, is unaffected by periprocedural anticoagulation therapy, is effective over a spectrum of wound and vessel sizes, and occurs in a matter of seconds.
- In some embodiments, successful acoustic hemostasis treatment is promoted by: (1) adequate compression of the arteriotomy to obviate bleeding, and the consequential convective heat loss, during energy delivery, and to approximate the edges of the arteriotomy; (2) accurate spatial targeting of the ultrasound energy on the arteriotomy site; and (3) sufficient ultrasound energy to coagulate (denature) native collagen in the adventitial and perivascular tissues. In some embodiments, the ultrasonic systems described herein are designed to satisfy each of these requirements over a diverse patient population and to do so while accommodating the varying skill levels of users.
- In some embodiments, the ultrasonic system is intended for noninvasively sealing femoral arteriotomies and reducing time to hemostasis, ambulation and eligibility for hospital discharge in subjects who have undergone diagnostic or interventional catheterization procedures using an 8 French or smaller introducer sheath. However, the system may also be used for other purposes, with other subjects, and other catheterization procedures.
- In some embodiments, the system and methods described herein may be used with other energy sources besides ultrasound sources. For example, in some embodiments, a radio frequency, microwave, optical, or thermal therapeutic applicator may be used. In some embodiments, the optical applicator may provide one or more of ultraviolet, visible, near-infrared, or infrared energy. In various embodiments, the thermal applicator may provide heating or cryogenic energy.
- Histopathological examinations of extirpated ovine and porcine arteries treated with varying doses (i.e., intensity and duration of exposure) of focused ultrasound that exceeded the threshold dose for arteriotomy sealing were performed to elucidate the healing pathway subsequent to acoustic hemostasis. Generally, within 14 days post catheterization using a 5F introducer sheath, the blood clots that form in the arteriotomy, adventitia and perivascular tissue were infiltrated with spindle-shaped transformed smooth muscle cells that produced collagen matrix. There was minimal to mild neointimal proliferation lining the lumen of the artery in the areas of trauma from the catheter puncture, and the neointima was covered by intact endothelium with no evidence of mural thrombus formation in the treated areas.
- The arteries examined 30 days following the acoustic hemostasis procedure were completely healed. The neointima was well organized, covered by intact endothelium, and increased only a minimal amount from the thickness at 14 days post treatment. Neovascularization of the healed tissue and neointima was more prominent than at 14 days and appeared to be stabile by 60 days post treatment.
- At 60 days following catheterization, the arteries were completely healed and quiescent. The neointima was stabile, covered with endothelium and no longer proliferating. There was no morphological evidence of vessel wall weakness resulting from the focused ultrasound exposure.
-
FIGS. 2A-2C illustrate microscope photographs of femoral arteriotomies sealed with focused ultrasound and then extirpated within 30 minutes of treatment.FIG. 2A is a cross-sectional photograph of an ovine femoral artery. The arteriotomy is sealed by formation of a coagulatedcollagen cap 10 on the externalelastic lamina 12. Anacute fibrin clot 14 with trapped coagulated red blood cells forms under the collagen cap and extends partially into thevessel lumen 16. The intrinsic fibrinolytic system prevents these clots from expanding into the lumen and occluding it with an acute thrombus.FIG. 2B is a photograph of a swine femoral artery illustrating that ultrasound-inducedcoagulaum 18 completely covers the arteriotomy site (adventititial surface of artery) forming a robust membrane that seals the wound.FIG. 2C illustrates the same arteriotomy asFIG. 2B , but viewing it from the intimal surface. (The fibrin clot has been extracted to facilitate visualization of thermally coagulated native collagen.) Note that the coagulum typically fills about 20% of the thickness of the arterial wall from the adventitial surface. - In some embodiments the ultrasonic systems described herein may be a compact, mobile, self-contained, therapeutic ultrasound system. In some embodiments the ultrasonic system comprises four major components: applicator, generator, targeting catheter, and disposable patient interface (DPI).
FIG. 3 illustrates one such compact system having a generator 24 on a movable cart that is connected to a hand-heldultrasound applicator 20. - The applicator may be a handheld device that comprises an ergonomic plastic housing, a display with graphical user interface, and a multiplicity of transducers that facilitate treatment targeting, maintenance of proper arteriotomy compression during treatment, and delivery of focused ultrasound sufficient to seal the arteriotomy. As illustrated in
FIG. 4A , the hand-heldapplicator 20 may be conveniently handled by a physician during the procedure for applying compression and properly positioning the ultrasound transducers relative to the arteriotomy. Theapplicator 20 may include adisplay 25 such as depicted inFIG. 4B to provide compression and/pr targeting feedback to the user. Although in one embodiment, the applicator provides therapeutic ultrasound, other therapeutic applications may be used (e.g., providing laser, rf, microwave, or heat energy for therapeutic use). - The generator may include a power supply; a central processing unit and operating system; and the hardware and software modules that enable the user interface, targeting, compression-monitoring, dosimetry, focused-ultrasound-energy-delivery and station-keeping functions. The generator may also provide a means to transport and maneuver the system, and to store the applicator when not in use.
- The targeting catheter may include any catheter having one or more targeting aids for locating and targeting the arteriotomy. The targeting catheter may be placed down the lumen of the procedure introducer sheath or inserted in any other fashion into an artery containing an arteriotomy. In various embodiments, the targeting aid may include an inflatable balloon, force detectors, optical sensors, pressure sensors, impedance sensors, mechanically expansive devices, temperature sensors (e.g., thermisters), and/or Doppler sensors. In one embodiment, the targeting catheter features an arteriotomy locator beacon (e.g., a small ultrasound transducer) in addition to the targeting aid(s). The beacon may be used to determine the location of the beacon and/or targeting aids in reference to the therapeutic applicator. In one embodiment, the beacon is located in the catheter shaft and slightly proximal to a balloon and transmits ultrasonic pulses that serve to signal its position relative to the applicator.
- The disposable patient interface, DPI, is a sterile, single-use, polymeric device that envelops the applicator and is designed to maintain the sterile field and serves as an acoustic coupling medium between the applicator and the patient's skin. Some examples of a suitable DPI are described in more detail in U.S. Application Publication No. 2005-0215901, filed Jan. 18, 2006, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
-
FIG. 5 is a flow chart illustrating the procedural steps for one method of performing acoustic arterial hemostasis. It will be appreciated that, depending on the embodiment, some steps may be removed or added or may be conducted in an order different from that indicted above. Each step is described in more detail below. It will also be appreciated that these steps may be used for any treatment involving focusing energy to a treatment site and not just for closing an arteriotomy. - At
block 100 inFIG. 5 , a targeting catheter is inserted to aid in the localization of an arteriotomy or other site where treatment is desired. In embodiments where a femoral arteriotomy is to be treated, the acoustic targeting catheter may be placed into the femoral artery through an introducer sheath prior to ultrasonic treatment. In one embodiment, this targeting catheter comprises a guidewire like device having one or more features that enable the catheter to locate an arteriotomy (e.g. using an inflatable balloon, force detectors, optical sensors, pressure sensors, impedance sensors, mechanically expansive devices, temperature sensors, and/or Doppler sensors), report the position of the arteriotomy relative to the therapy delivery device (e.g., using beacon such as an ultrasonic beacon), and/or measure blood flow properties (e.g., using sensors to measure blood velocity, volumetric flow rates, pressure, etc.). -
FIG. 6 is a schematic illustrating a percutaneous catheterization procedure which involves insertion of anintroducer sheath 26 into thefermoral artery 28. When the sheath is removed, the resultingarteriotomy 30 must be sealed to prevent hemorrhage.FIG. 7A is a schematic illustrating the insertion of a targetingcatheter 32 through theintroducer sheath 26 located in thefemoral artery 28. Also depicted in the schematic is the interveningtissue 30 through which thesheath 26 extends. The targetingcatheter 32 includes a targeting aid 34 (e.g., an inflatable balloon), abeacon 36, and a softflexible tip 37 at the end of the targetingcatheter 32. However, is should be noted that targeting catheters containing other features described herein may be used. - In one embodiment, the targeting
catheter 32 includes a sterile, single-use, balloon catheter that is placed down the lumen of the procedure introducer sheath.FIG. 8 depicts a targetingcatheter 32 having an inflatable balloon 34 (shown inflated) as a targeting aid and a beacon 36 (e.g., an ultrasound transducer located within the catheter shaft and slightly proximal to the balloon). As described in more detail below, theballoon 34 may be used to locate the arteriotomy. Thebeacon 36 may then be used to signal its position relative to the applicator, for example, by transmitting ultrasonic pulses. - In some embodiments, the catheter outside diameter is less than 4 French (1.33 mm). Thus, in some such embodiments, the
beacon 36 is a micro-beacon with an outside diameter is less than 1.33 mm. In various embodiments, thebeacon 36 may pass position information from inside human body to an external system using either an electromagnetic method or a mechanical (e.g. acoustic) method. Provided below is a description of an ultrasound beacon and an electromagnetic beacon suitable for use as described herein. - An
ultrasound beacon 36 may be made from piezo-ceramic material (e.g., one or more ultrasonic transducers). Theultrasound beacon 36 can either work in transmitter mode, in which thebeacon 36 transmits an ultrasound wave when an RF electrical source is applied on its surface, or receiving mode, in which thebeacon 36 generates an electrical RF signal when a mechanical wave hits its surface. An acoustic time of flight (ATOF) system may used to detect thebeacon 36 position inside a human body (as described in more detail below with respect to block 204 ofFIG. 5 ). - In one embodiment, the
beacon 36 in the ATOF system can be a piezo-ceramic tube, which may have an outside diameter of about 1 mm and produces an ultrasound wave around 1.3 MHz when using a hoop vibration mode. The beacon's 36 position on the catheter may be designed to be at a known and repeatable spatial relationship relative to the targeting aid 34 (e.g., a specified distance from the edge of a targeting balloon, which can be positioned to touch the arteriotomy when inflated inside the artery). - Although an ultrasonic beacon system has been described, it will be appreciated that any beacon system that can be fit into the desired biological system (e.g., artery) may be used to detect the position of the beacon, and consequently, the position of the targeting aid (e.g., balloon). For example, an electromagnetic sensor, such as microbars (available from Ascension Technology Corporation, Burlington, Vt.), and a 3D space tracking system may achieve the same result as an ultrasonic beacon used in conjunction with ATOF methods.
-
FIG. 9 is a schematic depicting an overview of the components that may be directly associated with a balloon targeting catheter as described above. Thecatheter 32,balloon 34, floppydistal tip 37 andbeacon 36 may be attached by way of a flexible body tube to ahub 42 that provides for interconnections to electrical drive and inflate/deflate functions. - The
beacon 36 may be electrically coupled to acable 44, which may be strain relief mounted into thehub 42. There is optionally an electrical matching component ornetwork 46 inside the hub that transforms an impedance to improve electrical efficiency of the system and/or pulse shape transmitted by the beacon. Additionally there may be anelectrical connector 60 on the terminus end of the cable. -
Syringes valves 52 and 54 may be used for fluid (e.g., sterile saline) injection and removal (e.g., to prime the balloon prior to use and to inflate and deflate the balloon after it has been inserted into the artery). Alternatively, a multi-port device designed for one-handed operation may be used. For example, fluid management devices that are spring loaded may be used, permitting release of the balloon fill by pushing one button. - The system may also include
pressure gauge 56 to monitor or control the pressure or volume in the balloon. Those of skill in the art will recognize thatpressure gauge 56 may be representative of any component (or various components) that achieves the effect of monitoring or controlling the pressure or volume in the balloon. It may also be advantageous to provide for a pressure regulation or release when the artery is fully compressed. This ability protects both the arterial wall and the balloon from compressive damage and can facilitate a more accurate location of thebeacon 36 at the arteriotomy site throughout the compression sequence. - An
insertion tool 58 may be provided to facilitate insertion of thedistal tip 37 of thecatheter 32 into an introducer sheath already inserted into a patient's artery. Theinsertion tool 58 may have a tapered distal tip suitable to be inserted into and to open the hemostatic valve on the introducer sheath (seeFIG. 6 ) and has a constriction in its internal bore proximal to the location of the balloon that restricts bleeding through the device. This restriction may be designed to have a close fit to the diameter of the catheter body but still allow for free movement. In one embodiment, a close fit may be provided using a soft elastomeric material, thus providing a sealing function. -
FIGS. 10A , 10B, 10C, and 10D illustrate the design and construction of the distal section of one embodiment of a balloon targeting catheter in more detail. Referring toFIG. 10A , the catheter is substantially a coaxial design.Balloon 34 may be any suitable pliable material. In one embodiment,balloon 34 is made of soft, elastic polyurethane of a Durometer between 80 A and 65 D. Theballoon 34 may be nominally between 3 and 7 mm in diameter. In some embodiments, the shape of theballoon 34 is not optimally spherical but rather a modified sphere foreshortened in its axial dimension in order to provide a large “footprint” against the artery wall but not to fully occlude blood flow in the artery. These shape variations may be accomplished using one of two methods, which may be used singly or in combination with one another. In one embodiment, the balloon may be foreshortened by locating the distal attachpoint 62 closer to the proximal attach point, thus “pooching” in the balloon. This “pooching” creates a non-spherical distal end for the balloon. Additionally, the neck of the balloon may be mounted to thecore tube 64 in an inverted manner wherein the mounting point is effectively inside the balloon. The advantages of this inverted mounting technique include: i) allowing for a larger “footprint” against the artery wall and ii) mounting the balloon ends effectively inside the balloon allows the piezoelectric beacon to not have a layer of bonded balloon material located between it and the patient, thereby allowing for improved acoustic transmission properties. - Alternatively, the
balloon 34 may be fabricated from stiff, essentially inelastic materials such as polyester or PET. These balloons hold an inflated shape more consistently than the polyurethane balloons and require/tolerate much higher inflation pressures. In some embodiments, unfold and refold characteristics may be tailored such that upon deployment, a smooth contact with the elements of the vessel is presented. - In some embodiments, the catheter may include a
core tube 64. Thecore tube 64 may provide structural stiffness longitudinally, assuring integrity of the catheter assembly. In addition, thecore tube 64 provides one or more internal lumens in which fluid can be transported to/from the balloon, and, with a diameter less than theoverall body 66 diameter, provides a place where the deflated balloon may nest during insertion and removal. As depicted in the cross-sectional view ofFIG. 10B , thecore tube 64 may include two lumens (e.g., in a “double-D” configuration). One lumen may be used for fill and the other for venting, thus facilitating quick priming and removal of air bubbles. (Note that the holes in the core tube inside the balloon are not shown on ofFIG. 10A through 10D .) The core tube is advantageously made of a higher Durometer (e.g. 55 D to 75 D) polyurethane that is compatible with being thermally bonded to other components in the catheter, most importantly theballoon 34. - Further describing the design,
core tube 66 passes through the inside diameter ofcylindrical beacon 36 and is terminated and interconnected at the hub 42 (seeFIG. 9 ). It is advantageous to provide an enhanced flexibility of the catheter at that point immediately distal to the location of the beacon (and immediately proximal to the balloon) as depicted assection 68 onFIG. 10A . This location is also that of the thermal bond mounting the balloon tocore tube 64. This flexibility permits the balloon to more flatly locate to and seal the arteriotomy even as the catheter is being pulled up at the angle of the entry channel (or track). - Proximal to the
beacon 36, thecore tube 66 may be positioned within abody tube 70, which may have an about 1 mm outside diameter and be made from polyurethane. Use of polyurethane promotes thermal bonding and melding with a jacket that coversbeacon 36. -
FIG. 10B is a rendering of the distal cross-section of a balloon targeting catheter from a view proximal to the beacon location. This view also depicts the location of wires extending through the catheter to thebeacon 36.FIG. 10C depicts an end view of the distal end of the balloon targeting catheter showing thecore tube 64 in cross-section.FIG. 10D depicts a cross-sectional view longitudinally through the distal portion of the balloon targeting catheter. - Returning to the discussion of the flow chart in
FIG. 5 , atblock 102, after insertion of the targeting catheter, theballoon 34 is inflated once its position is known to be past thearteriotomy 30.FIG. 7B depicts the inflation of theballoon 34 within theartery 28 beyond the distal opening of theintroducer sheath 30. Theballoon 34 may be inflated with any suitable fluid such as a liquid (e.g. a sterile saline solution). The user next (or simultaneously) applies compression with theapplicator 20 to stop blood flow in thetract 33 through thetissue 31 that is formed by theintroducer sheath 26. - At
block 104 inFIG. 5 , theintroducer sheath 26 and targetingcatheter 32 are retracted from theartery 28 as a unit until theballoon 34 comes into contact with the vessel wall at the arteriotomy site 30 (FIG. 7C ). In this position, egress of blood from the artery through thetract 33 is impeded by theballoon 34 and the arteriotomy locator beacon is situated within the arteriotomy. Thus, by retracting the balloon until it contacts theartery 28 wall, thearteriotomy site 30 is localized. - Next, at
block 106 ofFIG. 5 , the pressure applied to theapplicator 20 may be released so as to allow for easier alignment of theapplicator 20 relative to thearteriotomy 30 as illustrated inFIG. 7D . The targetingaid balloon 34 will serve to stop blood flow up thetrack 33 during this process. A cluster of receivers in the applicator may be used to detect ultrasonic pulses transmitted from thearteriotomy locator beacon 36 and targeting algorithms resident in the generator may continuously analyze these signals and produce graphical feedback on theapplicator 20 display (e.g., utilizing acoustic time of flight (ATOF) algorithms). Using this intuitive information, the user is enabled to quickly and accurately target the focused ultrasound at thearteriotomy site 30. - As noted, acoustic Time-of-Flight (ATOF) may be utilized to determine the position of the
beacon 36 relative to thetherapeutic applicator 20. In some alternative embodiments, a separate beacon is not included on the targeting catheter (for example, where the arteriotomy targeting aid is capable of ultrasound generation, such as when it is a Doppler beacon or a resistance heated PZT). In such embodiments, the targeting aid in effect also serves as the acoustic beacon. Accordingly, the ATOF methods described herein can also be used in these alternative embodiments. - The PZT element (either in
beacon 36 or as part of the targeting aid 34) may be utilized as a highly localized sound source marker, easily visible in an ultrasound image or detected and localized in an Acoustic Time of Flight detection system. In one ATOF approach, the beacon transmits tone bursts of sound to receivers encircling the outer perimeter of the therapeutic applicator. The in-situ beacon is pulsed while each of the receivers independently measures the time for the pulse to arrive. When the time of flight to each receiver is known and the time has been converted to a distance between the beacon and the receiver, then the position of the beacon relative to the receivers can be calculated using triangulation. A minimum of three receivers may be used to calculate the X, Y and Z position of the beacon relative to the Therapeutic Applicator. If more than three sensors are used, the accuracy of the position calculation can be improved. - By continuously monitoring the position of the arteriotomy relative to the therapeutic applicator via ATOF, the user can adjust the position and orientation of the applicator such that the therapeutic energy source focus (e.g., laser, RF, ultrasound, or microwave) is located at the arteriotomy. In some embodiments, the user interface may provide a display to assist the user in appropriately adjusting the position and orientation of the applicator. The display may include graphical elements such as cross hairs or target circles as well as ultrasound images of the focal region. Those of skill in the art will appreciate many possibilities for providing feedback to a user to assist in aligning a therapeutic energy source with the arteriotomy locating sensor on the Targeting Catheter.
-
FIG. 11 illustrates theapplicator 20 positioned over the arteriotomy with the targeting catheter positioned such that thearteriotomy locating beacon 36 are positioned at the centroid of the arteriotomy.Waves 74 depicted in the illustration represent acoustic energy from thebeacon 36 in which the ATOF measurement is performed via acoustic sensors on the therapeutic array located on theapplicator 20.FIG. 12 illustrates one embodiment of auser interface 78 for targeting on the arteriotomy. The circle/bullseye 80 represents the position of the focal point of the therapeutic applicator and thecross hair 82 represents the location of the arteriomety locating sensor as determined by ATOF. The user may be instructed to align the bullseye on top of the crosshairs thereby insuring that the arteriotomy is within the focus of the therapeutic applicator. - Target localization based on acoustic time of flight (ATOF) can provide accurate and robust position sensing of target location relative to the therapeutic ultrasound transducer. Direct X, Y and Z (i.e. three-dimensional) coordinate locations of the target can be provided without the need for image interpretation. Three-dimensional targeting information facilitates the use of an explicit user interface to guide operator actions. ATOF is less sensitive to variations in patient anatomy as compared to imaging techniques. ATOF can be accomplished with a relatively simple and inexpensive system compared to the complex imaging systems used by alternate techniques. In some embodiments, continuous tracking of the target in the presence of movement between the target and the external transducer may be provided. In some embodiments, ATOF allows use of system architectures that utilize a larger fraction of the patient contact area to generate therapeutic power (as contrasted with imaging based alternatives)—thus reducing the power density applied to the patient's skin.
-
FIG. 13 illustrates one embodiment of an ATOF system that includes abeacon 36 having a smallultrasonic transmitter 36 such as described above placed at or near the arteriotomy site 33 (e.g., through use of a targeting catheter). An array ofultrasound receiver sensors 92 generally encircling the outer diameter of the ultrasoundtherapeutic transducer 90 is located on the applicator. The in-situ transducer (beacon) 36 is pulsed while simultaneously thereceivers 92 begin to listen for the ultrasound pulses to arrive. Each of thereceivers 92 independently measures the time for the pulse to reach their location. The time of flight from thereceiver 92 to thebeacon 36 can be determined and the location of thebeacon 36 can be calculated by using a variety of triangulation techniques familiar to those skilled in the art of sonomicrometry and/or global positioning systems (GPS). The historical basis for this approach is partially documented in U.S. Pat. No. 4,154,114 to Katz and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,100,916 to King. Veseley, in U.S. Pat. No. 6,019,725, provides a good description of 3D tracking. All of these patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. - It should be recognized that while embodiments will be described wherein the
beacon 36, as described above, transmits and thereceivers 92 receive, the transmit and receive functions may be reversed or used in configurations wherein various or all sensors both transmit and receive. - It should also be recognized that it may be advantageous to provide for higher accuracy of position determination at and in the vicinity of the therapeutic target, while permitting lower resolution in locations off target. Such lower resolution may be adequate for providing navigation (positioning of the therapy transducer on the patient) guidance to the operator.
- The transmitting
beacon 36 may be “pinged” with a short burst of approximately 3 cycles. The frequency of the ultrasound burst requires a tradeoff between location sensitivity, signal attenuation, and dispersion angle. Higher frequencies help to improve the accuracy of the location data. At lower frequencies the signal may encounter less attenuation on its path to thereceivers 92, which will generally produce a better signal to noise ratio. Also at lower frequencies, the transmitter will tend to distribute its energy over a wider angle for given transducer dimensions, which will allow the beam to spread out over a wider area to better reach thereceivers 92 from a variety of locations in the targeting space. For an arteriotomy locator, in one embodiment, a frequency in the range of about 500 KHz to about 1 MHz is used, providing good resolution, low attenuation, and compatibility with isotropic transducers that can be inexpensively fabricated. - As noted above, the receiving
sensors 92 may be placed in an array, or constellation, around thetherapeutic transducer 90. A minimum of three elements may be used to allow the position of thebeacon 36 to be calculated in 3 dimensions. Additional sensors can be used to improve the accuracy, robustness and sensitivity of the calculation. The analog signal from the receivers may be, after pre-amplification, converted to digital format for accurate signal processing. The rate at which the signal is digitized may influence the maximum accuracy, or precision, of the time of flight calculation. The precision is determined by the speed of sound in human tissue, which is approximately 1540 meters/second, and the rate at which digital samples are collected as follows. -
Distance_per_sample (m)=speed_of_sound (m/s)/samples_per_second (1/s) Eq. A - For example, if the signal is digitized at 32 million samples per second, the precision of the measurement due to sampling will be 1540/32,000,000=0.048 millimeters.
- The timing of the transmit pulse and the collection of data from the
receivers 92 may be synchronized by controller electronics so that the time of flight can be measured. Thereceivers 92 can start counting samples at the same time the transmit burst begins. Each channel will then continue to count until it detects the arrival of the short ultrasound burst. Although the burst may be many digital samples in length, a specific sample within the received burst can be chosen as the “official” arrival time in order to achieve maximum accuracy. - There are several possible algorithms that the
receivers 92 can employ to determine when they have detected the arrival of the ultrasound pulse. For example, detection of the peak amplitude of the received signal, correlation with the expected pulse shape, or first crossing of an amplitude above the noise floor could all produce a specific sample number that would be used as the detection point for arrival of the burst. While the sampling rate of the received signal may determine the precision of the measurement, the detection algorithm can influence the measurement's accuracy. - The size of the volume in which the
beacon 36 can be detected will determine several design parameters of the system. For example, if the detection volume is a cylinder whose circular diameter is equal to the diameter of the ring ofreceivers 92 around the transducer 90 (a representative case for vascular sealing) and whose depth is the maximum depth of the arteriotomy then several parameters can be known. These dimensions define the maximum time over which the receiver'sTOF detectors 92 must operate. This volume, along with the attenuation of the ultrasound signal in tissue at the chosen frequency will also determine the power required from the beacon and the sensitivity required from thereceivers 92. For example, if the diameter of the ring ofreceivers 92 is 45 mm and the maximum depth required is 50 mm then the maximum distance from thebeacon 36 to the farthest receiver will be: -
Sqrt(452+502)=67.25 mm Eq. B - The maximum time of flight will be:
-
0.06725 m/1540 m/s=43.67 microseconds - When the time of flight to each
receiver 92 is known and the time has been converted to a distance between thebeacon 36 and thereceiver 92, then the position of thebeacon 36 relative to thereceivers 92 can be calculated. A minimum of threereceivers 92 can be used to calculate the X, Y and Z position of thebeacon 36. If more than three sensors are available the accuracy of the position calculation can be improved in a number of ways. For example, if four sensors are available then the position can be calculated four times with different combinations of three sensors and the results could be averaged. Or, if more than three sensors are available, extra weight could be given to those with the best signal as determined by received amplitude or sharpness of the correlation result. These techniques are explained in more detail below. - To calculate the position of the
beacon 36, a three dimensional coordinate system is defined within the space where thebeacon 36 may lie relative to the receivers. In the application with thetherapeutic transducer 90, the ring ofreceivers 92 would conveniently lie in the X,Y plane at the zero crossing of the Z axis (planar constellation of receivers 92). The Z axis extends into the body, perpendicular to the face of thetransducer 90 and passes through the center of therapy. The coordinates of thebeacon 36 can be calculated by solving a system of three equations with three unknowns. Let xi, yi and zi be the coordinates of thereceivers 92 in the three dimensional coordinate space where i=1 through 3. Let di equal the distance from thereceiver 92 to thebeacon 36 based on the time of flight measurements. Let Xb, Yb and Zb be the coordinates of thebeacon 36. Then, -
(X b −x i)2+(Y b −y i)2+(Z b −z i)2 =d i 2 (for i=1 through 3) Eq. C - There are a number of ways to solve eq. C well know to those skill in the art. These methods are discussed in greater detail below. Solutions that are computationally efficient are preferred, potentially allowing higher rates of position determinations and/or more computational time for other system functions.
- In some embodiments, sensors, or transducers, for ATOF systems function with wide, and to the extent possible, uniform angular sensitivity so that pulses may be effectively sent and received to and from a variety of locations in the targeting space. In vascular sealing, where the transmitting beacon is mounted on a targeting aid positioned in the entry channel, a range of angular orientations with respect to the receiver constellation results from the fact that entry channels are inclined at various angles to the skin surface. These angles are typically between 30 and 70 degrees.
- For such isotropy, transducers generally can be small with respect to the dimensions of their acoustic wavelength (e.g., less than one-half wavelength). Transducers are also preferably dimensionally small so that the phase difference (or time delay) across the sensor is small; a large phase difference will distort an accurate time measurement.
- Transducer Materials: Materials for ATOF receivers and transmitters may generally be any of the materials used in diagnostic imaging. Because either transmit (here in the case of beacons on the targeting aid) or receive (in the case of the constellation of sensors) is, in many of the embodiments described here, the only function required, material selection may be optimized for specific transmit or receive characteristics.
- Materials with various desirable characteristics may include but are not limited to:
-
- PZT (lead-zirconate-titanate), readily, economically available in may forms. Efficient in both transmit and receive.
- PMN (lead-meta-niobate) similar to PZT
- PVDF and copolymer film piezo-materials are inexpensive and can be formed in very small shapes; these are sensitive receivers. When used as a beacon, they can include sufficient insulation and isolation to shield patients from the high voltages used.
- MEMS transducers (PMUTs and CMUTs) can be attractive because of their wide bandwidth, and potentially low cost.
- Barium titanate and other suitable materials.
- Transducer Shapes: A variety of transducer shapes may be used. Optimum configurations differ generally depending upon whether the transducer is mounted on the targeting catheter or those mounted on the applicator, viz the constellation. For the targeting catheter beacon, cylindrical piezoceramic elements may be used and offer a number of advantages.
FIG. 14 depicts use of a cylindrical element having multi-mode characteristics. A hollowcylindrical transducer 120 has electrodes inside and outside, thus applying a field across the thickness of the cylinder's wall. Several vibrational modes may be selectively driven by selection of drive frequency. Lateral (or radial)mode 122 is the hoop mode;lateral mode 124 is the wall thickness mode; andlength mode 126 radiates forward as shown. Frequencies and uses of modes are listed below for example purposes and are not intended to be limited to: - a) Hoop Mode (0.75 MHz):
-
- ATOF: Beacon Position Tracking, Station Keeping
- T/R Doppler: Arteriotomy Position Locating
- b) Wall Thickness Mode (8.5 MHz) (Side View)
-
- PW Doppler: Arteriotomy Position Locating
- T/R Doppler: Arteriotomy Position Locating
- c) Length Mode: (4.0 MHz)
-
- PW Doppler: Arteriotomy Position Locating, Station Keeping
- Cylindrical transducers may also advantageously be used in multiples, where for example, two transducers are mounted on the distal end of a targeting aid to make up the beacon. More information regarding use of two-transducer configurations may be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,515,853; 4,407,294; and 4,697,595, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Spherical or partial-sphere shaped transducers also have advantages of excellent isotropy for beacon/TA applications. These transducers also present smooth, rounded surfaces compatible with insertion into the body. Alternatively, greater isotropy may be realized by operating the transducers at multiple frequencies where the nulls of the radiation pattern at one frequency are complimented by non-null sensitivity at another frequency.
- For transducers used in the applicator mounted constellation and operated as receivers, planar structures may provide fabrication advantages and provide a substantially flat surface that readily couples to the patient's skin surface. It is noted that, for vascular sealing applications where the axis of therapy is approximately centered in the targeting space, high resolution of spatial localization of the targeting catheter is only needed in the vicinity of the center. Away from the center only rough estimates of targeting catheter are needed in order to provide the operator directional movement information.
FIG. 15 depicts one embodiment of an applicator face having ATOF transducers located around the periphery, therapeutic transducers located in concentric circles, and a CW/PW Doppler transducer located at the center. - ATOF Distance/Position Computation
- Problem: Find the (X, Y, Z) coordinates of a transmitter given the spatial coordinates of N receivers (e.g., N=8) and the distance measurements from each one. Let Xi, Yi, Zi be the receiver coordinates and Di the measured distances, where i=1 . . . N. In the case of a planar applicator face (see
FIG. 15 ), all Zi are equal, since the receivers are coplanar. Let Zi=Z0 for all i. - Solution based on three receivers: A solution for (X, Y, Z) can be found using any three receivers, denoted here as 1, 2 and 3. The receivers are coplanar and arranged in a ring with 45 degree angles between them. The receiver closest to the projection of the transmitter onto the receivers plane can be denoted as receiver (1). The other two (2, 3) are the farthest from the projection, i.e. in an angle of 135 degrees from (1) in both directions. Receiver (1) may have the strongest signal.
- The coordinates of the three receivers are: (X1, Y1, Z0), (X2, Y2, Z0) and (X3, Y3, Z0), respectively. The corresponding distance measurements are D1, D2 and D3. Assuming no error in the measurements, the following three equations can be solved for (X, Y, Z):
-
(X−X 1)2+(Y−Y 1)2+(Z−Z 0)2 =D 1 2 -
(X−X 2)2+(Y−Y 2)2+(Z−Z 0)2 =D 2 2 -
(X−X 3)2+(Y−Y 3)2+(Z−Z 0)2 =D 3 2 (1) - These three quadratic equations reduce to two linear equations with unknowns (X, Y) if the first equation is subtracted from the second and the second from the third. The resulting equations are:
-
2(X 2 −X 1)X+2(Y 2 −Y 1)=b 1 -
2(X 3 −X 1)X+2(Y 3 −Y 1)=b 2 (2) -
where, -
b 1 =D 1 2 −D 2 2 +X 2 2 +Y 2 2 −X 1 2 −Y 1 2 -
b 2 =D 2 2 −D 3 2 +X 3 2 +Y 3 3 −X 2 2 −Y 2 2 - These two equations can easily be solved for (X, Y). Z can then be found from any of the original three equations (a quadratic equation with one unknown).
- Solution based on N receivers: The solution for N receivers involves an iterative minimization process of an objective function that is based on the sum of square errors from the receivers and can be formulated as follows:
-
J(X,Y,Z)=Σ(Di−Li)2 - where Σ is over all receivers i=1 . . . N, Di is the measured distance from the transmitter to the ith receiver, and:
-
Li=√(X−X i)2+(Y−Y i)2+(Z−Z i)2 - is the Euclidian distance from the transmitter location (X, Y, Z) to be found to the ith receiver. Note that no assumptions are made on the coplanarity of the receivers (i.e. the Zi are not necessarily equal).
- Partially differentiating J(X, Y, Z) with respect to X, Y, Z gives the following three equations:
-
∂J/∂X=Σ2(Di−Li)(Xi−X)/Li -
∂J/∂Y=Σ2(Di−Li)(Yi−Y)/Li -
∂J/∂Z=Σ2(Di−Li)(Zi−Z)/Li (3) - Equating each of these equations to zero, yields:
-
X=Σ[Xi+Di(X−Xi)/Li]/N -
Y=Σ[Yi+Di(Y−Yi)/Li]/N -
Z=Σ[Zi+Di(Z−Zi)/Li]/N - The expressions (X−Xi)/Li, (Y−Yi)/Li and (Z−Zi)/Li are the cosine of the angles between the transmitter and ith receiver and its projection into the Y−Z, X−Z and Y−Z planes respectively. Therefore, the above equations can be written as:
-
X=Σ[Xi+Di Cos(θYZ)]/N -
Y=Σ[Yi+Di Cos(θXZ)]/N -
Z=[Zi+Di Cos(θYZ)]/N (4) - The angles depend on the transmitter location (X, Y, Z). However, to a good approximation, it can be assumed that these angles will not vary by much between iterations. Therefore the angles from the (k−1)th iteration can be used in the kth iteration.
- The algorithm can be stated as follows:
-
- 1. Choose initial conditions for the transmitter location (X, Y, Z). This can be done using any three receivers, for example as shown in
Part 1. - 2. Calculate initial Li, i=1 . . . N and the initial objective function J(X, Y, Z).
- 3. Repeat K times with iteration counter k=1 . . . K:
- a. Calculate Li, i=1 . . . N and the objective function J(X, Y, Z)
- b. If the absolute value of the difference between J in the (k−1)th iteration and the kth (current) iteration is less than ε, stop.
- c. Calculate the cosine angles Cos(θYZ), Cos(θXZ) and Cos(θYZ) based on the last iteration.
- d. Update the transmitter location (X, Y, Z) based on equations (4).
- 4. End iteration loop.
- 1. Choose initial conditions for the transmitter location (X, Y, Z). This can be done using any three receivers, for example as shown in
- Returning to the discussion of the flow chart in
FIG. 5 , atblock 108, after aligning the applicator using the beacon, the user may apply additional hemostatic compression with the applicator so as to transiently either partially or fully occlude the artery. By temporarily reducing or completely stopping blood flow, less energy required to be delivered at the arteriotomy to perform thermal hemostasis, since vessel blood flow serves to dissipate focused delivery of energy. During compression, care may be taken to maintain accurate targeting. - The use of additional transducers and sensors may be used to aid in compression measurement feedback to the user. An example of such transducers and sensors may include a Doppler transducer and a force sensor, each located in the applicator, to continuously interrogate the vascular blood flow and the applied compressive force, respectively. A compression algorithm resident in the generator may be used to analyze signals from the sensors and produce graphical feedback on the applicator display to enable the user to apply and maintain adequate compression of the arteriotomy (see compression indicator in
FIG. 12 ). Alternatively or in addition to these sensors, a sensor capable of monitoring blood flow and artery pressure properties may be located on the targeting catheter. Non-limiting examples of such a sensor include Doppler ultrasound sensors, an optical fiber sensor, thermal sensors, or other pressure/flow sensors used to monitor blood flow characteristics. Pressure sensors attached to the therapeutic transducer can be calibrated with respect to the blood flow sensors located in the artery on the targeting catheter. Upon removal of the targeting catheter, the pressure sensors located on the therapeutic applicator can be used to determine the status of the vessel (e.g. unobstructed, partially occluded, or fully occluded). Additionally, external blood flow/pressure sensors may also be used such as traditional manual stethoscope in combination with the application of pressure -
FIG. 7E illustrates theapplicator 20 applying force against thetissue 31 causing thevessel 28 to transiently be either partially or fully occluded. The reasons for applying pressure are to stop the bleeding occurring at the wall puncture site prior to (as described above) and during the application therapeutic energy dose. Additionally, by reducing or eliminating blood flow through thevessel 28, efficient delivery of thermal energy to cause hemostasis is promoted, since vessel blood flow serves to dissipate the delivered thermal energy. - It is has been discovered that one can improve the efficiency of thermal energy vascular closure by administering the thermal energy (e.g. high intensity focused ultrasound) under conditions whereby all tissue blood flow related convective cooling can be eliminated; specifically bleeding which occurs in the introducer track and from the arterial (luminal) blood flow. Accordingly, one embodiment involves applying the therapeutic applicator with pressure of sufficient magnitude to cause the artery to be temporarily occluded during the dose (power-on) period of the thermal energy and perhaps continuing for a short period during all, or a portion of, the post-dose compression period. This treatment condition is termed “transient arterial occlusion” (TAO).
- The following experiments were undertaken in order to demonstrate that the delivery of thermal dose in combination with TAO surprisingly did not adversely cause the lumen to be permanently occluded (e.g. the interior walls of the artery to be welded shut).
FIG. 50 illustrates a testing device used to evaluate if thermal energy in combination with TAO causes the intimal walls of the artery to weld together.FIG. 50 illustrates bovine carotid 550 with a needle puncture arteriotomy pressed between twoaluminum plates 555. The plates are compressed together using spring clamps 560 and aligned with alignment pins 570. Compression force was measured at 25 lbs. Athermocouple 565 was located within the transiently occluded bovine artery. This test apparatus was then fully submerged in boiling saline for 1 minute. The temperature and time were chosen to exceed the temperature and equal the time exposure that occurs during one embodiment of delivering high intensity focused ultrasound for arterial hemostasis (e.g., 70° C. and 40 seconds, respectively).FIG. 51 is a photograph of the bovine carotid sandwiched between the two aluminum plates after a 60 second submersion in boiling saline. -
FIG. 52 is a graph of the measured temperature from the thermocouple located within the TAO during the time in which the apparatus was submerged in boiling saline. The temperature of the bovine artery reached 70° C. (a targeted temperature at which the native perivascular collagen is denaturaized and forms an extensive fibrin network that covers the arteriotomy) within 11 seconds and then equilibrates to 100° C. within 40 seconds. The temperature of the boiling saline bath was measured but remained constant at 100° C. Upon removal of the apparatus from the boiling saline, the spring clamps and aluminum plates were removed and the artery was cut in order to inspect the lumen to observe if any portion of the intimal surface was welded together. As illustrated inFIG. 53 the artery springs opened after being cut indicating that there was no occurrence of tissue welding during TAO and thermal dosing. Lastly, the bovine artery was pressure tested to evaluate the strength of the sealed arteriotomy. The artery was submerged in room temperature saline and fully pressurized with air and the pressure was recorded while being increased until the air leaked through the arteriotomy. Table 3 illustrates the results of the destructive sealed arteriotomy pressure testing. Over seven experiments, the intimal surface of the arteries did not weld shut and the arteriotomy was sealed and successfully pressure tested up to at least 3 psi. -
TABLE 3 Pressure and welding testing of bovine arteries under TAO. Pressure resistance Time occluded Artery Welded? of arteriotomy seal above 70° C. 1 No 3 psi (155 mmHg) 49 sec 2 No >4 psi (207 mmHg) 46 sec 3 No >4 psi (207 mmHg) 50 sec 1 No 3.3 psi (171 mmHg) 47 sec 2 No >5 psi (259 mmHg) 53 sec 3 No >4 psi (207 mmHg) 49 sec 4 No >5 psi (259 mmHg) 49 sec - By monitoring the blood flow levels in the
artery 28 while measuring the applied pressure, one can determine the optimal applied pressure and thereby maintain this pressure throughout the procedure.FIG. 12 is an illustration of one possible user interface that displays the amount oftherapeutic applicator compression 120 applied by the user. The display may be coupled to the blood flow sensor to provide an indication of blood flow and hence compression. This user interface may be continually viewed by the user to insure proper compression is applied by the therapeutic applicator. - In one embodiment, the pressure sensing capability of piezoelectric material in the ultrasound transducers located on the applicator may be used to monitor the pressure applied by the applicator. This method gives a direct measurement of the pressure at the surface of the applicator. This pressure can be correlated with typical pressures required to stop puncture track blood flow, maintain artery patency, partially occlude the artery, or fully occlude the artery. In other embodiments described above, the pressure may be monitored by sensors located on a targeting catheter (e.g., piezoelectric sensors that measure blood flow using Doppler effects).
- The amount of pressure at the surface of the applicator transducers can be detected using impedance changes within the piezoelectric elements or a change in voltage at the element. This technique allows detection of pressure directly at the applicator face. In addition, uneven pressure may be detected by separately making measurements from multiple elements at different spatial locations. By using the existing piezoelectric elements in the therapeutic ultrasound array, no additional materials need to be added. Pressure at the surface of the applicator can be correlated to the occlusion status of the vessel and to the compression required to stop blood flow up the introducer track. The existing capability in the generator may be used to monitor power, voltage, current and phase.
- Piezoelectricity is a property of certain classes of crystalline materials including natural crystals of Quartz, Rochelle Salt and Tourmaline as well as manufactured ceramics or polymer films such as Lead Zirconate Titanates (PZT) and polyvinylidene fluoride. When an electric field is applied to the materials, the material deforms depending on the orientation. Conversely, when a stress is applied, an electric field is produced in the material.
- In one embodiment, the applicator design uses PZT to produce an ultrasound wave when excited electrically. Since PZT is a synthetic crystal structure, the material is naturally isotropic and therefore non-piezoelectric. PZT must go through a poling process where a high voltage is applied at elevated temperatures to orient the net effect of the material domains in one direction. During the poling process, the material expands in the direction of the electric field.
- After the PZT has been poled, expansion or contraction of the material will create a build-up of charge at the poling electrodes. If the compression force is in the poling direction, then the voltage polarity detected is the same as the poling voltage. If a tensile force is applied, then the voltage polarity detected is the opposite of the poling voltage.
- This piezoelectric effect can be used to detect the amount of pressure at the surface of the transducer. The magnitude of the voltage is related to the receiving constant (g) of the piezoelectric material as well as the magnitude of the stress applied (T) and thickness of the ceramic (t).
-
V oc =g*T*t (eq. 8) - where Voc is the open circuit voltage received at the element. Therefore, if a resistive load is connected to the terminals of the device, the charge created would be electrically dissipated. The shape of the signal at the piezoelectric element is dependent on the impulse of the stress and the time constant with the load. The amount of charge on the device is dependent on the voltage and element capacitance.
- In order to test the significance of this effect, an Antares VF10-5 transducer (Siemens AG, Munich, Germany), 10x probe, and oscilloscope was used to detect the voltage produced by a stress. One element in the VF10-5 transducer was connected to the 10x probe. The 10x probe was connected to a Tektronix oscilloscope (Tektronix, Inc., Beaverton, Oreg.) that was set for a single shot trigger. The transducer face was then pressed onto a hard surface and released. Similarly, the transducer face was pressed with a thumb and released.
FIGS. 16 and 17 show the magnitude of the voltage detected. Since the charge on the transducer element is being dissipated through the 10x probe, the shorter the impulse, the larger the voltage signal detected. Overall, voltages above 20 mV were detected in this experiment (FIGS. 16 and 17 ). This is significant given the overall small element size (approximately 150 um wide by 5 mm tall) and long coaxial cable (2.1 m) between the element and 10x probe. - Although the experiment with the VF10-5 showed that pressure changes were detectable, the magnitude detected is dependent on impulse signal created by the impulsive load delivered.
- Next, an experiment was conducted to detect the impedance of the therapeutic elements with and without a pressure at the face. A therapeutic applicator was placed in a water bath and a low voltage (3 V) CW signal at 2 MHz from the generator excited the elements of the transducer. The power, voltage, current and phase were monitored. Next, pressure was applied to the face of the transducer and the variables were again monitored. Phase changes on the order of 10 degrees were detected when the pressure was applied. Since the current and voltage waveforms were more in-phase with the application of a compressive stress, the power increased. A force balance can be applied to determine the relationship between pressure magnitude and amount of phase change.
- Another means to monitor the status of the a vessel (open, partially occluded or fully occluded) is to use an acoustic Doppler system placed onto the patients skin to analyze vessel wall Doppler sounds to provide an indication of “proper” compression levels and on-location feedback. This measurement is useful since the compression of the artery will affect the Doppler sounds obtained from a transducer that is mounted perpendicular to the flow even though there is no flow signal. Turbulence and wall motion will be present which will yield different Doppler signals than when the arteries is either fully open or fully collapsed.
- Returning to the discussion of the flowchart in
FIG. 5 , atblock 110, after the desired level of compression is applied, a station keeping method can be initiated to maintain proper alignment of the applicator during therapy. Subsequent to alignment, the targeting catheter continues to reside in the puncture tract with the beacon being proximate to the arteriotomy. The application of therapeutic energy may be applied at this point, however, in some embodiments, the procedure involves removing the targeting catheter from the arteriotomy location (discussed in more detail below). Removing the targeting catheter allows for the most effective acoustic hemostasis. In some embodiments, methods are provided to ensure that the therapeutic applicator stays focused upon the arteriotomy in the absence of the beacon. In anticipation of the targeting catheter being removed, a station keeping method may be initiated as illustrated inFIG. 7F . Station keeping, which is described in detail below, may be used to tracktissue 31 motion (e.g., specifically thearteriotomy 30 or tissue proximate to it) using acoustic waves with radio frequency signal processing techniques (referred to herein as RfUME (Radio Frequency Ultrasound Motion Estimate)). Specifically, at least three acoustic transducers, pistons, or arrays may be used to track the motion of a common point. Movement may be determined by comparing a reference signal to a present signal. The difference between the signals determines the amount of movement of thetissue 31 relative to the transducers and hence relative to theapplicator 20. - Accordingly, in anticipation of removing the targeting
catheter 32, the ATOF targeting of thearteriotomy targeting aid 34 andbeacon 36 may be replaced by station keeping of thearteriotomy site 30. This station keeping information may be displayed to the user through the same targeting user interface as depicted inFIG. 12 . This display provides feedback to a user so that the user can maintain the focus point of thetherapeutic energy applicator 20 at the site of thearteriotomy 30. - The purpose of station keeping is to track tissue motion. In one embodiment, at least three transducers may be used to track the motion of a common point. The motion may be tracked using a variety of techniques including traditional pulse-echo techniques as well as a pitch-catch sequence. The pitch-catch algorithm has several advantages when compared with conventional pulse-echo techniques. The acquisition time required to determine the motion is significantly reduced, thereby reducing the susceptibility to jitter, allowing the system to see faster movements, and allowing more time for therapy if interleaving is used. In addition, a greater amount of redundancy is achieved in less acquisition time for improved motion estimation. If the pitch-catch technique is allocated the same acquisition time as the conventional approach, the SNR of each acquisition is also increased, thereby increasing penetration and improving tracking ability. Finally, system complexity is reduced by reducing hardware requirements (e.g. transmit-receive switches).
- The overlapping beam pattern of at least three ultrasound transducers can be used to track the motion in three dimensions. In this case, a unit vector from the transducer to the coordinate system of the interrogated point describes the beam direction and sensitivity to specific types of movement. If the interrogated point moves relative to the transducer, then a certain amount of movement will be detected by each transducer depending on the unit vector. In this case, the amount of motion detected at one transducer is described as:
-
motionk =a kx ·δx+a ky ·δy+a kz ·δz (9) - where δx, δy, and δz are the small movements of the point from the original position in three dimensions, and akx, aky, and akz are the unit vector components for the kth transducer. The amount of motion can be calculated by measuring the amount of movement from at least two other transducers and realizing that the motion detected in ultrasound is related to a time shift:
-
- where tk is the time difference between the first signal and the next signal, and ctissue is the velocity of sound in tissue. The factor of two occurs in equation (10) due to the time required for the ultrasound pulse to travel out and back from the interrogation point. The time difference tk is determined by fitting a previous or reference pulse to the current pulse. A correlation technique is typically used to determine the best fit. Therefore, the system can be described by combining equations (9) and (10) to obtain:
-
- If the time differences are known as well as the unit vectors given the system configuration, then the amount of motion can be determined. If the system has multiple transducers, then redundancy exists in the system and multiple solutions can be calculated.
- In the pitch-catch approach, instead of transmitting and receiving on the same transducer, energy is transmitted by only one transducer and the backscatter is detected by the other transducers. For example, if a three transducer system is used, the transmit event might occur on
transducer 1 withtransducer transducer 2 withtransducer -
motionk=(a kx +a mx)·δx+(a ky +a my)·δy+(a kz +a mz) (12) - where the directional vector is the summation of the unit vector components for the kth and mth transducers. Another interesting result of
equation 12 is the lack of identification of the transmit and receive transducers. In other words, reciprocity exists in equation (12). The kth transducer could either be the transmitter or receiver and the motion detected is the same amount. - Similar to the conventional pulse-echo approach, the amount of motion detected is related to the time shift in the receive pulse. However, in this case the factor of two is eliminated because the pulse is not going out and coming back; rather it is detected by the path between the transmitter and receiver which is already represented in the directional vector.
-
motionk =t k ·c tissue (13) - Equations (12) and (13) can be combined to show the relationship between the time shift and the motion of the interrogation point.
-
- In this case, the transmit might occur on
transducer 1 and detection ontransducers transducer 2 and detection could occur ontransducer - Compared to the conventional approach, only two transmit events are required to solve for the movement in
equation 14. Therefore, the amount of time to acquire and calculate a movement has decreased by 33%. This extra time can be used to increase the acquisition rate and detect faster movements. This extra time may also be dedicated for therapy. - The pitch-catch method also has the advantage for reducing the hardware required. For example, in the three transducer system, two transducers require a transmit/receive architecture with the other transducer only requiring a receive architecture. In the conventional case, all three transducers need a transmit/receive architecture.
- In the case of more than three transducers, the pitch-catch approach offers the possibilities of motion estimation redundancy with only one transmit. For example, if the system has five transducers, then transmitting on one transducer yields the possibility of four different solutions. This redundancy allows for better motion estimation through averaging techniques or solution selection given the signal quality. In the conventional approach, at least four transmit events are required for this amount of redundancy in a five transducer system.
- In some embodiments, the pulse-echo and pitch-catch approach may be combined in a hybrid approach to yield an even faster acquisition. In this case, equation (14) becomes:
-
- In this case, the system has transmitted on
transducer 1 and received on all three transducers. Acquisition time is decreased by 67% when compared to the conventional approach with three transducers. - In order to evaluate the performance of the pitch-catch technique, a fixture with three 6 mm ultrasonic pistons was design and tested. The fixture was coupled to an agar phantom and pitch-catch data was acquired and motion estimation was calculated off-line. A Panametrics 5072PR pulser was used as the transmitter and a Metrotek MR101 receiver was used.
FIGS. 18 , 19 and 20 are graphs showing the correlation between actual position and that determined using the pitch-catch RfUME algorithm described above for X, Y, and Z coordinates, respectively. The ideal result of one-to-one correlation is plotted as a line ofslope 1. The distances determined using the RfUME algorithm are plotted as circles.FIGS. 18 , 19 and 20 show that after a certain amount of movement, the algorithm stops tracking. This result is primarily due to the beam width and the transducer directionality. For example, improvement in tracking x and y movement can be accomplished by widening the beam or placing the transducer at a steeper interrogation angle such that the transducer has greater detection of x and y movement. Although the algorithm stops tracking after a certain amount of movement, this effect can be avoided in real-time by referencing when required. - As discussed above, movement relative to tissue is determined by comparing a reference signal to a present signal. The phase difference between these signals helps determine the amount of movement of the transducer or tissue. Unfortunately, this motion estimation is a simplification of the actual movement. Accordingly, such algorithms have the potential of significant error if the transducer or tissue moves by large amounts or if the transducer is tipped or tilted. Thus, in some embodiments, a recursive algorithm is used to determine the movement. Results show that the recursive algorithm tracks movement due to rotation much better than the simplified version. The error for translational movement is also reduced from approximately 5% to less than 2%. There are several benefits of using the recursive algorithm approach. The motion estimation due to elevation or roll rotation is significantly improved, especially in the depth dimension. In addition, the standard deviation of the motion estimation is reduced from approximately 5% to less than 2%. No simplification of the acoustic formulas is required to track movement. Furthermore, only a small amount of iterations are required for the system to reach equilibrium
- In some embodiments, a conventional pulse-echo approach may be utilized for station keeping. The overlapping beam pattern of at least three transducers can be used to track the motion in three dimensions. In this case, a unit vector from the transducer to the coordinate system of the interrogated point describes the beam direction and sensitivity to specific types of movement. If an interrogated point moves relative to the transducer, then a certain amount of movement will be detected by each transducer depending on the unit vector. In this case, the amount of motion detected at one transducer is described as:
-
motionk =a kx ·ΔΔx+a ky ·Δy+a kz ·Δz (16) - where δx, δy, and δz are the small movements of the point from the original position in three dimensions, and akx, aky, and akz are the unit vector components for the kth transducer. The amount of motion can be calculated by measuring the amount of movement from at least two other transducers and realizing that the motion detected in ultrasound is related to a time shift:
-
- where tk is the time difference between the first signal and the next signal, and ctissue is the velocity of sound in tissue. The factor of two occurs in equation (17) due to the time required for the ultrasound pulse to travel out and back from the interrogation point. The time difference tk is determined by fitting a previous or reference pulse to the current pulse. A correlation technique is typically used to determine the best fit. Therefore, the system can be described by combining equations (16) and (17) to obtain:
-
- If the time differences are known as well as the unit vectors given the system configuration, then the amount of motion can be determined. If the system has multiple transducers, then redundancy exists in the system and multiple solutions can be calculated.
- A recursive approach may also be used with convention pulse-echo techniques. In the recursive approach, instead of assuming that the unit vector from the center of the transducer to the interrogation point completely maps the movement, a new approach is formulated using the distance formula. For example, assume that the transducers are in the same plane a distance ‘R’ from the center of a circle. In this case, the original distance to a common interrogation point is:
-
- where R is the distance from the center of the circle to the center of each transducer, N is the number of transducers which is greater than or equal to three, i varies from 1 to N, and zf is the distance to the interrogation point. In this case, the interrogation point is only on the z axis. Equation (19) simplifies to:
-
d io √{square root over (R2 +z f 2)} (20) - This results makes sense for this system design, given that each transducer is equidistant from the interrogation point.
- If the target moves to a new point described as (Δx, Δy, zf+Δz), where the movement can be caused by tissue movement or transducer movement, the new distance to the target is given as:
-
- In the technique to determine motion, the phase difference of a reference line to a current line is determined. This technique is similar to calculating the difference between the distance vectors.
-
v in =d in −d io (22) - where vin is the difference between the two distances for transducer ‘i’. Unfortunately, it is difficult to solve equation (22) for Δx, Δy, and Δz because of the square root. Therefore, it may be possible to calculate the movement if equations (20) and (21) are first squared.
-
- Simplifying equation (23) yields:
-
-
- where θi is 2π/N (i−1).
- If both sides of equation (24) are divided by equation (20), then:
-
- where aix, aiy, and aiz are the x, y and z unit vectors from transducer ‘i’.
- In practice, the actual distances are not calculated from the signal vectors, rather the time differences between the pulses are calculated. A distance can be related to time by knowing the speed of sound.
-
- If equation (26) is substituted into equation (25), then:
-
- Equation (27) can now be placed into matrix form for a three transducer system:
-
- A recursive formula is generated by solving equation (28) for Δx, Δy, and Δz. In this case, the calculated motion is still a function of the distance squared. Therefore, in order to get an initial estimate of the movement, assume that the time differences are much larger than the sum of the square of the movement divided by the speed of sound in tissue. In this case, the solution is:
-
- Also note that:
-
- This result is the initial calculation of the movement and the estimates for Δx, Δy, and Δz can be placed in the left side of the equation, and the motion calculated again according to equation (31).
-
- In this case, the index m denotes the number of times through the calculation.
- In order to determine the advantages using the recursive formulation, data was simulated using the Field II program by Jorgen Jensen. This allowed a phantom of random scatterers to be easily rotated in elevation and roll. A 16 element phased array operating at 2 MHz with 60% bandwidth was defined in Field II and placed uniformly around a radius of 12.5 mm. The conventional algorithm was applied to the data to determine the calculated x, y and z motion. For example, since elevation rotation is about the x-axis, movement is expected in the y and z dimensions. The recursive formula was also applied to the exact same data and a comparison was made to actual movement in x, y and z.
-
FIG. 21 depicts three graphs showing the actual movement (plotted circles) in x, y and z, respectively, compared to the line representing the calculated result using the conventional technique (eq. 18) for rotation in elevation. In this case, the three phased arrays are focused at a 50 mm depth. Although this algorithm detects the y movement and lack of x movement with a high degree of accuracy, no movement is detected in the z dimension. A similar result is observed for roll rotation (seeFIG. 22 ). -
FIG. 23 shows the results using the recursive formula (eq. 31) for elevation rotation. In this case, the algorithm detects accurately the motion in all three dimensions. This result only required 10 iterations of the formula (m=10). A similar result is observed for roll rotation (seeFIG. 24 ). - A calibration process may be used to calibrate an ultrasound system used to track tissue motion. The direction of the ultrasound propagation to the focus is directly related to the amount of detected movement. Therefore, it is advantageous to know the direction vector from the transducers to the focus with a high degree of accuracy. Any errors have the potential to be compounded if re-referencing frequently. Re-referencing may be required due to the limited region that the transducers can detect movement. The following discussion describes a process to calibrate the direction of ultrasound propagation from a set of transducer, pistons or arrays. The process provides a significant reduction in potential errors resulting in improved accuracy of motion estimation with significantly reduced error for pistons or multi-element arrays, increased mechanical alignment tolerances since acoustic calibration eliminates these errors, and reduction in susceptibility to accumulation error.
- The overlapping beam pattern of at least three transducers can be used to track the motion in three dimensions. In this case, a unit vector from the transducer to the coordinate system of the interrogated point describes the beam direction and sensitivity to specific types of movement. If the interrogated point moves relative to the transducer, then a certain amount of movement will be detected by each transducer depending on the unit vector. In this case, the difference in the square of distance vectors is described as:
-
- where Δx, Δy, and Δz are the small movements of the point from the original position in three dimensions, din and dio are the new and original distance to the interrogation point for the ith transducer, and zf is the location of the focus.
Equation 32 also describes a system where all of the transducers are in the same plane at a radius ‘R’. - Equation (32) can be simplified to:
-
- where ctissue is the velocity of sound in tissue, ti* is the total time to the interrogation point, and aim are the components of the unit vectors for the respective transducers.
- As equation (33) shows, solving for Δx, Δy, and Δz requires taking the inverse of the a-matrix or directional matrix. Therefore, it is critical to accurately determine aim if the motion is to be tracked properly.
- One method to accurately determine the directional matrix is to mount the system in a test station that offers precise control of x, y and z movement. Next, the system is coupled to tissue mimicking material. The stages are moved in x, y or z only in small increments that insures the position can be tracked. For example, suppose that the stage is only moved in the x direction such that Δy and Δz are zero. Equation (33) can then be simplified to the following:
-
- Since Δx is known, equation (34) can be solved for the x component of the unit vector:
-
- Equations (35a), (35b) and (35c) show how the x components can easily be calculated from the acquired data. By making many Δx movements, an average and standard deviation of a1x, a2x, and a3x can be calculated. A similar approach can be done to calculate aiy and aiz. This technique is also not limited to the number of transducers in the system.
- In order to show the advantages using the calibration procedure, data from a 4 MHz piston was acquired at 0 degrees, 120 degrees and 240 degrees along an approximately 40 mm radius. The piston was coupled into an agar phantom set on a three dimensional motion stage. The phantom was separately moved in x, y and z in 0.25 mm increments.
- For the mechanical system, the directional matrix can be calculated as in Table 1.
-
TABLE 1 Calculated original a direction matrix. X Y Z Magnitude −0.707 0.000 0.707 1.000 0.354 −0.612 0.707 1.000 0.354 0.612 0.707 1.000 -
FIG. 25 depicts three graphs showing the correlation between actual position and that determined using the algorithm described above for X, Y, and Z coordinates, respectively. The ideal result of one-to-one correlation is plotted as a line ofslope 1. The distances determined using the algorithm are plotted as points. The error increases for large movements. - If the directional matrix is calculated using equations 35a, 35b and 35c, then the directional matrix is as indicated in Table 2.
-
TABLE 2 Measured a direction matrix. X Y Z Magnitude −0.7315 0.0116 0.8836 1.147 0.3638 −0.6372 0.6468 0.978 0.3908 0.6218 0.6487 0.980 - Table 2 shows that the magnitude is not necessarily equal to one and the components are significantly different than the mechanical predictions.
FIG. 26 depicts three graphs showing that by using the Table 2 matrix, the algorithm results in improved tracking of movement. For example, a 1 mm movement in the x dimension is measured as a movement of over 1.05 mm using the standard mechanically determined directional matrix (FIG. 25 ), an error of over 5%. However, if the unit vector components are calculated, then a 1 mm movement is measured to be 1.00 mm with an error of less than 1% (FIG. 26 ). The significant reduction in error reduces the possibility of accumulation error when re-referencing occurs. - Some embodiments include a station keeping system for executing the procedures described above. The system may include multiple transducers, analog transmit and receive channels, an optional transmit and receive beamformer, an optional multiplexer, an analog to digital board, a CPU and memory, and an electronic compass. In some embodiments, the system provides for the measurement of six degrees of freedom to uniquely identify any point in space. In some embodiments, the system is configured to provide multiple solutions by tracking a point and calculating the effects due to translation and rotation. In addition, in some embodiments, the system provide for minimization of re-referencing by storing previous reference data with the x, y and z locations
- Generally, using ultrasound for station keeping is not sensitive to azimuth rotation unless multiple points in a plane are tracked. Accordingly, in some embodiments, another technique may be used to acquire the azimuth, elevation and roll angles of the applicator at the beginning of motion estimation as well as for future data acquisition.
-
FIG. 27 shows a block diagram of one embodiment of a motion estimation system. Theultrasound transducers 200 include at least three separate transducers that are able to point at a common point. Thetransducers 200 can include pistons, linear arrays, 1.5-D arrays as well as 2-D arrays. For example, in one embodiment, three phasedarrays 202 can be used to focus at multiple points along a central line (e.g., the Z axis) as shown inFIG. 28 . In this case, the center of each phasedarray 202 is a distance ‘L’ from the origin of the x-y coordinate system. The phasedarrays 202 have length and width ‘W’ with the imaging plane bisecting thecircle 204 of radius ‘R’. Therefore, the phasedarrays 202 track identical points along the z-axis (out-of-the-paper). In another embodiment, the transducers may consist only of pistons that are mechanically pointed to a common point. This reduces the system complexity since each piston represents only one channel. - Referring back to
FIG. 27 , mechanically attached to the transducers 200 (dashed line) is anelectronic compass 206 that determines the rotation of the device prior to and during the motion estimation. This includes azimuth, elevation and roll. Thecompass 206 is used to properly track the x, y and z movement in the coordinate system of the device away from a target. - A
multiplexer 208 may be optionally included if the number of transmit and receive channels is to be limited, for example, if the phased arrays inFIG. 29 consist of 32 elements each. If amultiplexer 208 is not used, a minimum of 96 transmitters and 96 receivers may be used to address each element. However, if a 3:1 multiplexer is used, then only 32 transmit and 32 receive channels are required, thereby reducing overall cost. - The
transmitter 210 may include a high voltage switch that excites thetransducer elements 200. Ideally, both positive and negative voltages are available. Any available spectral shaping may also be beneficial to optimizing the transmit pulse. The receiver 212 may include a preamplifier, filters, and other signal conditioning circuits prior to digitization. - Both the
transmitter 210 and receiver 212 have an optional beamformer. The transmitbeamformer 214 has only one delay profile per transmit event whereas the receivebeamformer 216 is digital and allows beamforming at multiple depths. Amemory device 218 stores the digitized signal from each transducer. The number of signals stored per acquisition is equivalent to the number of transducers in the device. Thememory 218 may also save previous reference frame information. The information from theelectronic compass 206 is also digitized for each acquisition and stored inmemory 218. - The
CPU 220 orchestrates the timing throughout the system and places the components in specific states. TheCPU 220 also executes the tracking algorithm. -
FIG. 29 describes the process flow chart that may be used to acquire a signal data set and estimate the motion. It is assumed that a reference signal data set has been acquired. The process flow chart can be split into two separate regions. The first is the acquisition area and the second is the algorithm. When the process is coded, a producer (acquisition)-consumer (calculation) model may be used to limit complexity and optimize processing time. - On the acquisition side, the first step (block 250) is to acquire the azimuth, elevation and roll angles from the electronic compass. These angles are used to calculate the distance moved relative to the current reference frame and ultimately the starting location. It is beneficial to use averaging or other filtering techniques that remove any acceleration components.
- Next, at
block 252, the signal vectors are acquired from the transducers in either a pulse-echo or pitch-catch mode. It may be necessary to reset the multiplexers depending on the system hardware configuration for each transmit. Signal data may be acquired at multiple locations or averaged to reduce phase error. This step is repeated throughdecision block 254 until the signal pulses from each transducer are acquired. In the embodiment depicted inFIG. 29 , the number of transducers is 3, however, more transducers may be used since redundancy decreases the possibility of error. - After the current signal vectors are acquired, the signal vectors from the current reference frame are recalled from memory at
block 256 and passed to the RfUME (Radio Frequency Ultrasound Motion Estimate) algorithm, which operates atblock 258. The RfUME algorithm finds the phase change between the current signal vectors and the reference frame. A correlation technique such as sum of absolute differences (SAD) may be used to find the best match for each vector pair. This time difference is used in the RfUME algorithm to calculate the total movement in x, y and z from the reference. Along with the movement, the RfUME algorithm assesses the quality of the fit. If SAD is used to determine the best fit, a higher SAD value implies a lower quality fit. A histogram analysis of SAD shows that the SAD magnitude predicts whether a motion estimate from the RfUME algorithm is good or bad. For example, if the SAD value is below a certain amount, then the measured phase difference for that transducer is good. If it is above a certain amount, then the measured phase difference may be good or bad. This SAD value is defined as the critical SAD. - Therefore, after the RfUME algorithm calculates the motion, the SAD values (one SAD value for each transducer) are also compared to the critical SAD at
decision block 260. If the SAD values for any of the transducers are greater than the critical SAD, then this result suggests that the previous signal acquisition should have been the new reference. In this case, the previous measured x, y and z location is the accumulated movement (block 262). In order to limit re-referencing which may accumulate a significant amount of error, the accumulated x, y and z location of the possible new reference is compared with all of the stored references atdecision block 264. If the accumulated x, y and z position is near an old reference and the SAD values are acceptable, then instead of using a new reference, an old reference is used atblock 266. This technique may be beneficial when trying to hold the device still and re-referencing error must be limited. - Regardless of whether a new reference or stored reference is used, the RfUME algorithm may be used at
block 268 to calculate the movement and SAD values. Next, the SAD values may be compared to a SAD threshold atdecision block 270. This threshold is dependent on the sample rate of the process flow chart as well as the user model. For example, the higher the sample rate, the closer the SAD threshold could be to the critical SAD value. Furthermore, the faster a user might move given a fixed sample rate, then the lower the SAD threshold. SAD threshold prevents loss of tracking ability by updating the reference frame at an acceptable rate. Therefore, if the SAD values are greater than the SAD threshold, the calculated x, y and z location is the accumulated movement and the current signal data becomes the new reference atblock 272. Again, to limit the amount of re-referencing, the accumulated x, y and z position are compared to the stored reference positions atdecision block 274. If there is a close match and the SAD values are acceptable, then the stored reference is used rather than the newly acquired signal vectors atblock 276. - After the critical SAD and threshold SAD are tested, the amount of movement is compared to movement thresholds at
decision block 278. These thresholds for x, y and z are based on the transducer position and performance. For example, the wider the beam response for the individual transducers, the longer the distances that can be tracked from the reference frame. Furthermore, the directional matrix, frequency and bandwidth also affect the tracking performance. If these movement thresholds are exceeded, then the movement is accumulated and the reference vectors are changed atblock 272. This process continues until it is no longer desired to track motion. - In the RfUME algorithm, the recursive solution is used to track translation as well as rotation. In other words, movement from the reference position includes both translation and rotation (Equations 36a-36c).
-
x total =x rotation +x translation (36a) -
y total =y rotation +y translation (36b) -
x total =x rotation +x translation (36c) - RfUME only tracks the movement from the current reference frame. Therefore, it is possible to rotate between the current reference frame and the old reference frame such that the coordinate system axes are different. The electronic compass helps account for this difference. The general equation is:
-
X i0 =X k0 +S k0 −1 ·X ik (37) - where Xi0 is the distance from original reference to the current position, Xk0 is accumulated distance from the original reference to the current reference, Sk0 is the rotation matrix (3×3) between the current reference and the original reference, Xik is the distance measured with the RfUME algorithm from the current reference to the current sample. The rotation matrix is determined by the electronic compass and calibration to the ultrasound transducer is required. In order to display the net movement, Xi0 must be multiplied by the negative of Si0, which is the rotation matrix between the current sample and the original reference.
- It is also possible to obtain the azimuth, elevation and roll angles with the RfUME algorithm. This is accomplished by calculating the distance from multiple points in tissue. For example, if multiple points are tracked along the z-axis for the transducer concept depicted in
FIG. 28 , then the tip and tilt can be determined. Azimuth may be determined by tracking multiple points in a plane parallel to the transducer face. - Returning to the discussion of the flowchart in
FIG. 5 , after initiating station keeping, the targeting catheter may be withdrawn atblock 112. As previously noted, acoustic arterial hemostasis is more effective without the presence of a catheter, guidewire or other structure present at the arteriotomy. Thus, the targetingcatheter 32 may be completely withdrawn from the patient as illustrated inFIG. 7G while the user keeps the compression of thetherapeutic applicator 20 constant and keeps thearteriotomy 30 targeted within the focus of thetherapeutic applicator 20 via station keeping. The user interface on theapplicator 20 may provide feedback to the user to aid in maintaining optimal compression and station keeping. - Finally, at
block 114 of the flow chart inFIG. 5 , therapeutic energy may be applied from the applicator to cause hemostasis. The treatment depth and dose may be automatically calculated and administered after hemostatic compression and arteriotomy targeting are achieved and the targeting catheter has been withdrawn.FIG. 7H illustrates an energized ultrasonictherapeutic applicator 20 delivering a focused ultrasound beam near thearteriotomy 30. The partial absorbance of the ultrasound energy by thetissue 31 at the focus of the beam causes rapid heating of thetissue 31 near thearteriotomy 30. Without being bound by any particular theory or mode of action, it is believed that the heat denatures the native perivascular collagen with subsequent formation of an extensive fibrin network that covers thearteriotomy 30, thereby sealing it closed. The duration of therapy may be any suitable period sufficient to effect hemostasis. In some embodiments, a continuous application of therapeutic energy is used. In other embodiments, the application of therapeutic energy may be interrupted, for example to allow interim cooling or repositioning of thetherapeutic energy applicator 20. The ultrasound treatment dose in one embodiment takes approximately 60 seconds. - As depicted in
FIG. 30 , during this dosing period, the user interface located on the therapeutic applicator may display relevant information such as the amount ofcompression 300, a targetingdisplay 302 for keeping the ultrasound focused on the arteriotomy, as well as a count downclock 304 indicating when treatment will terminate. Upon completion of the dosing, a short period of tissue cooling may be allowed to occur without compression or applicator position being changed. Subsequently, the treatment may be concluded by the therapeutic applicator being removed from the patient's skin. - As described above, the targeting catheter may be used to locate the precise position of the arteriotomy, such as by use of a targeting aid (e.g., an inflatable balloon) located on the targeting catheter. As note above, suitable targeting aids are not limited to balloons but may include one or more arteriotomy locating sensor(s). Suitable arteriotomy locating sensor(s) include but are not limited to: i) acoustic transceivers capable of transmitting and receiving acoustic signals (such as Doppler), ii) self-heated thermistor-based probes for detecting the arteriotomy location by discriminating conductive and convective energy dissipation levels in the tissues and blood surrounding the probe, and iii) use of piezoelectric materials self heating characteristics to discriminate conductive and convective energy dissipation levels in tissues and blood surrounding the probe. Additional descriptions for these three arteriotomy detection techniques are provided below. Those of skill in the art will appreciate many other possible methods and sensors for determining whether a sensor (or arbitrary location on a catheter) is located within a blood vessel versus or within tissue.
- One example of arteriotomy locating sensor(s) includes one or more Doppler transducers as illustrated in the targeting
catheter 310 depicted inFIG. 31 . This targetingcatheter 310 has a softflexible tip 312 with one or more locating and targetingpiezoelectric Doppler devices 314. Further up thecatheter 310 is aDoppler compression sensor 316 and ahub 318 located at the terminal end of thecatheter 310. Within thehub 318 is a tuning (matching) circuit and a mechanical and electrical connector allowing the targetingcatheter 310 to be mechanically and electrically connected to the control system hardware. - The arteriotomy localization step may be accomplished by slowly withdrawing the targeting catheter, thereby causing the arteriotomy locating sensor(s) (e.g., Doppler devices 314) to get closer to the arteriotomy. The sensor signal is monitored to determine when the arteriotomy locating sensor is proximate to the arteriotomy. In one embodiment, the Doppler transducer(s) 314 may also emit an ultrasound signal which is received by ultrasound receivers or transducers located on the applicator to monitor the movement and position of the Doppler transducer(s) 314, such as by using ATOF as described above.
-
FIG. 32 is a schematic illustrating one embodiment of a procedure that may be used for arteriotomy localization (AL) using the catheter depicted inFIG. 31 . In this illustration, the Doppler transducer is referred to as a “CW beacon.” In one embodiment, the targetingcatheter 310 has a flexible construction to minimally distort the vessel position relative to the therapeutic applicator during targeting. Thus, in one embodiment, as depicted inFIG. 31 , it is preferred that the AL positioning is accomplished only through pulling (i.e., not pushing). This pulling may be accomplished by a withdrawal motion using either continuous movement or discrete incremental pulls. Pulling may be accomplished through either a manual process or by a device implementing a controlled pull process of the targetingcatheter 310. The speed and force associated with the targetingcatheter 310 withdrawal maneuver to achieve the AL position may allow for clinically practical manual dexterity and a reasonable time for AL positioning, especially when using manual pulling. In one embodiment AL position takes only several seconds. In an alternative embodiment, a targetingcatheter 310 may be used that is stiff enough to be both pushed and pulled into the arteriotomy locating position. - To guide the user to achieve accurate arteriotomy localization placement, specific vascular locations may be detected by the arteriotomy location sensor (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) using an algorithm subsystem. Upon detection, this information may be translated into feedback presented to the user through the user interface located on the display of the handheld therapeutic applicator. In one embodiment, depicted in
FIGS. 33A-33C , a “Green Light/Yellow Light/Red Light” display may be utilized. After the targeting catheter has initially begun to be withdrawn, the arteriotomy locating subsystem can detect the ateriotomy locating sensor (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) passing into the “treatment volume,” defined approximately by the tissue cylinder having as it's top surface the footprint of the therapeutic applicator. At this point, the user interface may display a “Green Light” (FIG. 33A ) to indicate to the user that the beacon has crossed into the treatment region. While the user is pulling in the “Green Light” state, the pull velocity can be monitored via ATOF and, via communication with the ATOF system, the AL algorithms can detect beacon withdrawal velocities that may be too high (e.g., >3 mm/sec). Upon exceeding this velocity limit, the AL algorithm can trigger the user interface to alert the user to slow down the withdrawal speed if the user is using manual pulling. Once the AL subsystem detects the arteriotomy location sensor (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) as having reached an arteriotomy “proximity zone”, defined, for example, as 8 mm from the arteriotomy along the targeting catheter track, the status light will change to “Yellow” on the user interface to alert the user to slow down the withdrawal speed, as shown inFIG. 33B . The ATOF system can be used to monitor the withdrawal speed and alert the user to slow down if the speed exceeds an appropriate value relevant to the proximity zone, for example, 1.5 mm/sec. Once the AL subsystem detects the arteriotomy location sensor(s) (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) as having achieved arteriotomy localization (the “AL Position”), defined as a position at or a known distance from the centroid of the arteriotomy, with a tolerance on positioning of +/−1.0 mm, the status light will change to “Red” on the user interface (as shown inFIG. 33C ) to alert the user or a targeting catheter puller device to stop the withdrawal of the targeting catheter. - Those of skill in the art will appreciate that other methods of providing feedback to a user to adjust the speed of catheter withdrawal may be used. For example, the actual rate of withdrawal may be displayed to the user. In addition, audible signals may employed such as tones or voice commands.
-
FIG. 34 is a schematic depicting the withdrawal of the targetingcatheter 310. The spatial relationship of the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) relative to the arteriotomy when at the arteriotomy localization position can be described by the distance vector, Lbtis, that describes the distance between thearteriotomy locating sensor 322 and thecentroid 324 of the puncture site along the path of the targeting catheter and puncture track as shown inFIG. 34 . Thecentroid 324 of the arteriotomy is defined as the intersection of the targetingcatheter 310 axis and the middle of the femoral artery wall at the puncture. If Lbtis has a positive value, the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) is positioned in the tissue track, whereas, if Lbtis is negative the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) is within the artery lumen. If Lbtis=0.0 the arteriotomy locating sensor 322 (e.g., Doppler transducer(s)) resides precisely at thecentroid 324 of the puncture site. - As shown in
FIGS. 32 and 34 , the arteriotomy locating sensor may include an acoustic transducer labeled “CW Beacon” 322. The localization step may be accomplished by using thebeacon 322 Doppler shift signals, as processed and interpreted by the arteriotomy localization hardware/software (a combination of system hardware and system software incorporating arterial localization specific algorithms). The “CW Beacon” 322 may transmit an acoustic signal and detect the Doppler shifted echo. The Doppler shift information is associated with motion at and near the arteriotomy, and the dominantmotions yielding beacon 322 position-relevant signal information are those associated with blood flow (e.g., velocity, flow turbulence, blood flow direction relative to thebeacon 322 orientation, and blood pressure variations). The Doppler processing used can either be based on non-directional or directional (In-Phase and Quadrature) modes. In addition, different frequencies can be used to excitedifferent beacon 322 vibrational modes, modifying the tissue and spaces interrogated for Doppler shift information. - Although it is anticipated that the Doppler signals of relevance will occur in the audible portion of the spectrum, in one embodiment, the electronic system user interface is able to inform and guide the user as to
beacon 322 localization through either audible or non-audible (principally visual) cues. In this way, less user training and experience will be required to achieve reliable arteriotomy localization. Localization cues that are non-audible and thus not dependent on a user learning “targeting sounds” may be generated by having the Doppler signals be processed by the arteriotomy localization hardware/software in a manner which can identify the acoustic signature of the arteriotomy or other characteristic location near the arteriotomy that has a consistent and unique acoustic signature. -
FIG. 35 displays one embodiment of a system that may be used for targeting catheter placement. A targeting catheter transducer (“TA TXCR”) 324 may be mounted on the targeting catheter. Ultrasonic send and receive circuits (“T/R”) 326 and processing may be provided byprogrammable pulser 328,amplifier 330, and analog todigital converter 332, through transmit/receiveswitch 326—all under control of aprocessor 334, which itself is capable of either CW or pulse wave Doppler processing (depending upon the embodiment). This exemplary processing configuration will be used as the basis for describing several approaches to targeting catheter placement below. Each approach to targeting catheter placement generally follows a process wherein the operator advances the targeting catheter into the body via an introducer sheath or entry channel and positions it in the entry channel in response to user interface information. - Forward looking Doppler—
FIG. 36 depicts the functionality of a technique employing forward looking pulsed wave Doppler to measure thedistance 340 in front of the targetingcatheter beacon 178 at which the arterial flow volume is located. Here,beacon 178 is pulsed at a relatively high (approximately in the range 3-8 MHz) frequency, projecting a narrowacoustic beam 198 axially and in front ofbeacon 178. Thebeacon 178 detects the Doppler shifted echo of each pulse. The computer ofFIG. 35 executes range-gated analysis of the Doppler pulse, thus measuring distance to the region of blood flow, 340. The user interface can instruct the operator to position thebeacon 178 at a point corresponding to the clearance location (CL), the place where thebeacon 178 is located outside of the region of insonification from the therapy beam. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the targetingbeacon 178 may remain in the body during application of therapy, providing desired targeting information to a user to assist the user in maintaining the focal point of the therapeutic energy at the site of thearteriotomy 30. For example, the location of thebeacon 178 relative to thetherapeutic applicator 20 along with the distance to flowvolume 340 may be used to determine the location of thearteriotomy 30 relative to theapplicator 20. - Alternatively, in systems with two (or more)
beacons 178 located on the targeting catheter, the geometric uncertainty created by stick angle variation may be compensated for, assuming that an ATOF positioning system is in operation during the targeting catheter placement and location process. For example, referring toFIG. 36 , the forward looking Doppler distance desired for proper positioning is defined by: -
DISTANCE TO FLOW VOLUME=(V+Dw+F)/sin(alpha s) Eq. 38 - Side-looking Doppler—
FIG. 37 illustrates another positioning alternative wherein pulsed wave Doppler transmitted in abeam 342 perpendicularly to the axis of the targetingcatheter 32 locates the flow volume. In a manner similar to that employed in the forward looking Doppler technique, measurement of the distance to theflow volume 344 is made and is used as a parametric representation of the location ofbeacon 178 with respect to theArteriotomy 30. - Z matching—In yet another alternative method illustrated in
FIG. 38 , a technique is used which locates thebeacon 178 relative to thearteriotomy 30 by matching the z coordinate (depth from theapplicator 20 surface positioned on the skin) of thebeacon 178 to the z coordinate of the flow volume: -
Z FLOW VOLUME+DELTA=Z TA Eq. 39 - where DELTA is an offset value representing the distance above the flow volume desired for beacon positioning.
- In this approach, the z coordinate of the
beacon 178 is measured by utilizing the ATOF triangulation system—TOF distances 180 between thebeacon 178 and the receivingsensors 171 on theapplicator 20. The z coordinate of the anterior surface of the flow volume (shallowest) is measured, as depicted inFIG. 38 , by pulsed Doppler ranging with pulses transmitted by the therapeutic array inapplicator 20 and received bybeacon 178. Because the therapeutic transducer may normally operate at a small f/ number, an interrogating Doppler line could be constructed from a number of transmit pulses having progressively varying focal positions. This method offers very high resolution location of the flow volume due to power available and the sharp focus. - In this technique, the
applicator 20 would ideally be in targeted position when executing the Z matching because theartery 28 may be deep at various positions. An iterative method of positioning may be used wherein theapplicator 20 is approximately positioned,beacon 178 is placed, and then theapplicator 20 andbeacon 178 are re-positioned for final targeting. - Those of skill in the art will appreciate several alternative approaches for utilizing a targeting
catheter beacon 178 in combination with thesensors 171 on thetherapeutic applicator 20. For example, in one embodiment, a separate Doppler transducer (one or more channels) may be integrated into theapplicator 20 face and used to both send and receive. - Combination Methods—It is noted that the above methods may advantageously also be used in combinations with each other, for example, by combining forward looking and side-looking Doppler. Such combinations may be used to increase robustness of the positioning process. These methods may also be used in combination with thermal methods. It is noted that beacons on the targeting catheter may be used to make self-heated thermal measurement and associated position determinations inside or outside of flowing blood. In this method, the capacitance may be measured at an off resonant frequency of the piezoelectric material (e.g. PZT) to estimate temperature.
- In some embodiments, the arteriotomy location sensor on the targeting catheter may be a thermistor based probe, used either alone or in combination with an ultrasound transducer. Use of self-heating thermistors is termed herein as Thermistor Detection via Targeting and Monitoring (TDTM). These probes contain thermistors as sensors to assist in locating the puncture site, monitoring leakage of fluids or bleeding (prior to and during treatment), confirming the targeted location of the therapeutic energy delivery, and measuring and monitoring at least a portion of the thermal dose delivered to the treatment field. In order to be inserted down the puncture track, and thus directly into the puncture wound at the vessel or body cavity, the TDTM probes may have physical structures, and sizes, similar to catheterization guidewires. They can be deployed as an integral portion of a therapeutic hemostasis procedure using either non-invasive or invasive therapeutic heating modalities, and have the advantage of requiring little additional effort or complexity in the puncture sealing or closure procedure.
- The core sensor(s) deployed on the TDTM probes may be one or more thermistors (temperature sensors possessing the property of electrical resistance that varies with temperature). Both the electrical resistance variation with temperature of thermistors and their property of self-heating when supplied with adequate electrical power may be utilized. The latter property refers to the fact that when a thermistor is connected to an electrical circuit, power is dissipated in it as heat and, thus, the body temperature of the thermistor rises above the temperature of its immediate environment. An energy balance on the thermistor requires that the rate at which energy is supplied (Q) must equal the rate at which energy is lost, plus the rate at which energy is absorbed (energy storage). The rate of thermal energy delivered to the thermistor is equivalent to its electrical power dissipation, i.e., Qs=P=I2R=VI. The rate at which a thermistor's thermal energy is lost to its surroundings (QL) is proportional to the temperature difference between it and its surroundings, i.e., QL=δ (T−Ta), where δ is the “dissipation coefficient.” The dissipation coefficient is defined as the ratio, at a specified temperature, of a change in the power dissipation of the thermistor to the resultant thermistor body temperature change. The dissipation constant depends on the thermal environment around the thermistor, so naturally, the coefficient depends on the thermal conductivity of the medium surrounding it, convection (forced or free convection) influences, as may result from relative motion between the surrounding medium and the thermistor, and thermal conduction through leads and surfaces upon which the thermistor is mounted, etc. The dissipation coefficient is also naturally dependent upon the physical geometry of the thermistor, especially its surface area and mass. For example, a larger surface area will result in a larger dissipation coefficient for a given thermal environment. This in turn requires more input power for a larger thermistor than a smaller one in order to achieve an equivalent temperature difference between the thermistor and its surroundings. The additional power requirement effectively reduces the sensitivity of the device. Furthermore, a small thermistor device will have low thermal mass, which will allow it to cool and re-heat relatively quickly. This relatively fast thermal response makes the smaller device more sensitive to rapid changes in the dissipation coefficient.
- It has been found that small self-heating thermistors, when placed in the human body in medical procedures, can be used to measure tissue temperature, thermal properties, blood temperatures and, when appropriately calibrated, even blood flow levels in organs and vessels. Similar principles may be applied in detecting and discriminating levels of blood flow at and surrounding the puncture wound site, and in discriminating conduction and convective energy dissipation levels in the tissues surrounding the probe. The TDTM probe may be positioned in the tissue such that its thermistor sensor(s) can travel to and be located in close proximity to the puncture site, typically through the puncture track created by the instrument producing the puncture wound and/or maintaining the wound portal open (e.g., a catheter or needle).
-
FIG. 39 illustrates a TDTM probe having a single self-heating thermistor 414 at the tip of the targetingcatheter 32 inserted into anagar tissue phantom 418 incorporating a “blood vessel” 412 (duct cast into the agar) perfused with a blood-mimicking fluid (e.g., water in thermal equilibrium with the agar) 410. - The
probe 414 may be placed in thevessel 412 in a manner analogous to arterial catheterization, by creating a puncture track from the “skin” surface down to the vessel puncture site (intersection of theprobe 414 with the vessel 412). By moving the probe 414 (probe 414 travel is indicated as by arrows 416) in the puncture track, such that the sensor 414 (e.g., the thermistor bead) can be alternatively placed a) in the track, b) at the anterior (upper) vessel wall (i.e., the puncture site) or c) in the lumen of thevessel 412, thermistor signals indicative of the bead location are provided as output to the data acquisition system. -
FIG. 40 is a graph of temperature differential, show the variation of the differential for various locations of the probe. The thermistor may be first “zeroed” with the bead in the track (i.e., the equilibrium temperature whereby the self-heated thermistor is in the track and has no flow may be set as the baseline). After zeroing, maneuvering the probe in and out of the “vessel” will produce characteristic thermal signals indicative of the bead position. For example, as the probe bead is advanced into the lumen of the vessel, the sensor signal indicates the associated cooling signature due to heat dissipation into the blood flow (bead temperature decrease with characteristic flow-perturbation jitter in the temperature waveform). Subsequently, a withdrawal movement of the bead back toward the skin, pausing at the anterior (upper) wall, indicates an increased signal (higher temperature) associated with less efficient cooling due to the flow boundary layer at the vessel wall. In turn, as the probe is further withdrawn and the bead is returned to a position just in the track (2 mm out of the lumen), the characteristic relatively unperturbed temperature baseline waveform is again reproduced. Accordingly, the thermistor sensor has the ability to indicate when it is, alternatively, in the track (here above the vessel), in the lumen of the vessel, or at the wall of the vessel. - The thermistor also has the ability to indicate when bleeding in the track occurs.
FIG. 41 depicts a graph where blood mimicking flow (using water) is produced over the thermistor one drop at a time while the bead is in a track (small duct in thermal equilibrium with the agar and the fluid). As can be seen, the thermistor signal is extremely sensitive to detecting even discrete drops flowing over it. Thus, in principle, a TDTM probe having a thermistor bead in its shaft in the puncture track should be sensitive enough to detect any thermally significant track bleeding, or bodily fluid leakage, from the puncture site. - When used in patients, the nature of the thermistor temperature signals will change relative to the above results in phantoms, in large part due to the pulsatile nature of blood flow in arteries and veins. To characterize TDTM probe behavior under such conditions, arterial catheterization wounds in pigs were studied.
FIG. 42 shows the experimental setup with theartery 412 located in thepig tissue 420 and the vessel puncture site situated at 414, again using the single bead TDTM probe ofFIGS. 39 through 41 . - As shown in the graphs depicted in
FIGS. 43A and 43B , when a thermistor bead is fully in the artery luminal blood flow, an oscillatory thermal signal is produced of significant amplitude, indicative of the pulsatile change in convective cooling surrounding the bead, i.e., the stop-start nature of the vessel blood flow accompanying the heart cycle (systole to diastole) of the animal. As the tip of the probe is drawn up to the anterior (upper) vessel wall and into the puncture wound in the vessel, the magnitude of the signal increases (more heating occurs), but the oscillation amplitude is diminished, both trends associated with decreasing flow velocity next to the artery wall (poorer cooling due to the wall boundary layer flow, exhibiting less flow fluctuation from systole to diastole) (seeFIG. 43A ). While translating the probe tip up into the track just above the vessel wall, some pulsatile flow cooling is still present in the experiment, here due to only minimal tissue compression being applied at this time.FIG. 43A indicates, however, that the event of compressing the tissue maximally (to the point where no bleeding occurs in the track) can be faithfully reflected in the thermistor signal, as the equilibrium temperature rises to a maximum (conduction dominated thermal equilibrium normally associated with the baseline zero temperature) and pulsatile oscillations (due to track convection) are extinguished. - Thus, TDTM probe thermistor beads can provide signal information indicating when they reside either in the lumen of the vessel, near or at the vessel wall, or in the track, with either modest or significant compression (i.e., indicating the presence or absence of track bleeding). These properties can therefore be used to both place a TDTM probe in the track such that the probe would be in a known relationship to the puncture site, and in such a way that track bleeding could be monitored, providing user feedback on level of tissue compression, with such information also being used to confirm absence of track bleeding, avoiding potentially compromising the efficacy of the cautery thermal dose via heat carried away in blood from the treatment zone.
- As will be described below, the ability of placing the
TDTM probe 428 in fixed relationship to the puncture site can be useful in targeting the therapeutic energy from a device used for deep cautery. One method to place the probe at the puncture site is illustrated inFIG. 44 using a TDTM probe with twothermistor beads probe 428 is placed such that itsdistal end beads 430 and 432 (separated by a small distance optimized for the application) straddle the puncture hole. In this case, thedistal sensor 430 resides in the lumen of theartery 28, whereas theproximal bead 432 is in the track just above the puncture. The signals from the thermistors can be such that they can guide the clinician in positioning theprobe 428 in this arrangement at the puncture. The guidance in such positioning could be derived from either direct operator observation and interpretation of the waveforms, or through a more automated, yet simple, user interface (e.g., one employing an algorithm that translates the waveform information into automatically interpreted symbolic information providing positioning cues). -
FIG. 45 is a graph depicting sample temperature traces from an in vivo pig experiment in which successful placement of the thermistor bead portion of the probe was placed in the artery in the arrangement represented inFIG. 44 , i.e., dual beads were positioned to straddle the femoral artery puncture. - Another embodiment includes a triple bead TDTM probe, as shown in
FIG. 46 . In this embodiment, similar toFIG. 44 , the distal bead 430 (nearest the tip) would be placed in the lumen of the puncturedvessel 28, while theproximal bead 432 is placed in the puncture track, thus bracketing the puncture site. In this case, assuming bead separation distances optimized to the application, the third (center)bead 434 may be located approximately at the puncture site. Deployed in this fashion, the thermistor beads could be used for guiding and confirming the placement of the therapeutic energy dose, for example, by simply delivering test exposures (shots) of therapeutic energy at the appropriate depth and positioning the therapeutic beam using the feedback of the thermistor heating responses to maximize the heating response on the center bead. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that any number of thermistors may be employed to provide further precision in locating an arteriotomy. - To illustrate one method for guiding a therapeutic beam for targeting,
FIG. 47 is graph showing the thermal responses from a dual bead TDTM probe placed at the puncture site as in the case shown inFIG. 44 , here in a pig femoral artery subjected to pulsed test shots of therapeutic energy. The position of the beam focus and the probe thermistor beads are simultaneously monitored using gray scale B-mode (2D) ultrasound imaging. As shown, while using controlled movement of the hand-held therapeutic applicator, the position of the focus of the therapeutic beam passes (in the plane of the 2D image) frombead # 1 tobead # 2. The path of the therapeutic beam focus is reflected in changes in amplitude of the temperature spikes produced by the pulsed delivery of power as the applicator targeting orientation and position is moved. By maximizing the temperature spike at the bead designated as the target sensor, the energy can be appropriately targeted (while the TDTM probe is in place in the tissue puncture region). - In some embodiments, attempts to seal the puncture with the TDTM probe in place (i.e., deployed through the puncture) is contraindicated due to the tendency of the probe to either a) interfere with the sealing process during dosing, or b) disrupt a successful seal upon removal of the probe. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the probe is at least partially withdrawn until it is clear of the puncture prior to the delivery of the dose. This maneuver will not eliminate the advantages of the probe. While in situ (at the puncture), the TDTM probe can be used to position the therapeutic beam at the puncture, as described above. Further, the adequacy and level of the therapeutic dosing power can be assessed through the thermistor thermal signals in response to test power pulses (as illustrated in
FIG. 47 ) while the probe is in place prior to dosing. Additionally, by withdrawing the TDTM probe just prior to dosing sufficiently to clear it from the puncture site, but with at least one thermistor remaining in the puncture track, the probe can be used to monitor and guide compression and confirm the absence of track bleeding. - It is also possible to use TDTM probe thermistors in conjunction with other sensors (non-thermistor) for targeting and monitoring the puncture site. These “partner” sensors could be deployed on the shaft of the probe used in the puncture track, and could provide complementary, redundant or unique information for orienting and guiding a medical device of interest (e.g., a therapeutic device such as an ultrasound applicator used for sealing puncture wounds).
FIG. 48 illustrates a system where the probe contains two thermisters and one non-thermister partner sensor positioned in between. An example of complementary information from the thermistor could include monitoring the state of bleeding of the puncture track, while the partner sensor broadcasts its location for 3D positioning (e.g., by a distance measurement-based or time-of-flight based triangulation method with appropriate receiver-transmitter pairs, such as the ATOF technique described in above). Such partner sensors could be based on a variety of energy forms, such as electrical, electromagnetic, magnetic, and acoustic energy, using appropriate transmission and receiver modules in the sensor and on the medical device being guided. - In some embodiments, a TDTM probe is used in conjunction with invasive therapeutic devices used for sealing puncture wounds.
FIG. 49 illustrates a system where both thermister beads and a therapeutic heat source are introduced to the puncture site. Such therapeutic heating devices could be placed down the puncture track, deployed as catheter-like minimally invasive surgical (MIS) tools, and could have their sources of thermal energy delivery (therapeutic head) located at their distal tip. A variety of energy sources could be possible with such MIS tools (e.g., RF electrical heating devices, therapeutic laser energy delivered via fiber-optics or light wave-guides, microwave antennae, ultrasound transducers, and the like). As for non-invasive hemostasis applicators, the invasive therapeutic devices can be positioned in appropriate relation to the puncture site to effectively target and seal the wound. The TDTM probe could be used to locate the therapeutic head of the invasive sealing device at the puncture site by using the TDTM probe as a guide-wire structure. In this configuration, the thermistor beads of the TDTM probe would be placed at the puncture site, with the cautery device deployed over the TDTM probe and advanced toward the puncture site until it reached a position that corresponded to an appropriate separation distance between the therapeutic head and the puncture site. Prior to delivering the thermal dose, the TDTM probe could be withdrawn like a guidewire up into the inner channel of the cautery probe to remove the thermistor beads from the heated treatment zone before the thermal dose is delivered to the puncture site. As for the previously described TDTM probe concepts, the thermistor beads could also be used to confirm adequate compression at the treated site by monitoring bleeding up the track of the MIS cautery device. In addition, the thermistor beads could be used to monitor the level of the delivered dose through the thermal response of the thermistor to therapeutic test doses, as describe above. - In summary, the TDTM probe can be used in conjunction with both non-invasive and invasive thermal sealing or cautery therapeutic devices in halting bleeding or bodily fluid leakage at depth from penetration wounds associated with medical procedures. The TDTM probe can assist in: a) locating the puncture site (e.g., arteriotomy), and can be positioned in relationship to this site; b) confirming/guiding tissue compression levels adequate to eliminate track bleeding during application of the thermal dose; and c) targeting the therapeutic energy; d) assessing in situ the propriety of the therapeutic power In addition, the thermistor sensors can be used in combination and coordination with other types of sensors, and in different configurations and spatial arrangements. Further more, the thermistor sensors can also be used to guide invasive therapeutic devices (e.g., minimally invasive surgical type tools). Finally, TDTM probes with one, two, three or more sensors can be used, depending on the application and the procedural approach desired.
- Although the invention has been described with reference to embodiments and examples, it should be understood that numerous and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is limited only by the following claims.
Claims (15)
1. A method of applying therapeutic energy to a target region comprising a blood vessel, the method comprising:
emitting first ultrasonic pulses from at least three ultrasound transducers to tissue at a target point within the target region, wherein the target point comprises the adventitia of a blood vessel;
detecting first ultrasonic echoes from the blood vessel with the ultrasound transducers;
emitting second ultrasonic pulses from the ultrasound transducers;
detecting second ultrasonic echoes from the blood vessel with the ultrasound transducers;
comparing the first and second ultrasonic echoes to determine time shifts or phase differences between the first and second ultrasonic echoes;
determining the amount of relative tissue movement using the time shifts or phase differences and pre-determined unit vectors of each ultrasound transducer;
adjusting a focus of a therapeutic ultrasound applicator based at least in part on the determined amount of relative tissue movement to keep the target point within the focus of the therapeutic applicator; and
emitting a dose of therapeutic ultrasonic energy from the therapeutic ultrasound applicator such that the target point is exposed to the dose.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein determining the amount of relative tissue movement comprises executing a recursive algorithm.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the predetermined unit vectors are determined experimentally.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein the therapeutic applicator comprises at least one of the ultrasound transducers.
5. A method of applying focused ultrasound therapeutic energy, the method comprising:
emitting a first ultrasonic pulse from a first ultrasound transducer through skin tissue to a target point within a target region, wherein the target point comprises the adventitia of a blood vessel, the first ultrasound transducer comprising an array of at least one therapeutic piezoelectric element;
detecting a first ultrasonic echo from the blood vessel at one of the therapeutic piezoelectric elements of the first ultrasound transducer;
emitting a second ultrasonic pulse from the first ultrasound transducer;
detecting a second ultrasonic echo from the blood vessel at one of the therapeutic piezoelectric elements of the first ultrasound transducer;
comparing the first and second echoes to determine time shifts or phase differences between the detected echoes;
determining the position of the target point relative to the focus of the therapy using the time shifts or phase differences;
adjusting a focus of a therapeutic ultrasound applicator based at least in part on the determined position to keep the target point within the focus of the therapeutic applicator; and
emitting a dose of therapeutic ultrasonic energy from the therapeutic ultrasound applicator such that the target point is exposed to the dose.
6. The method of claim 5 , further comprising detecting the ultrasonic echoes with at least one additional ultrasound transducer.
7. The method of claim 6 wherein the additional ultrasound transducer does not contribute to therapy.
8. The method of claim 6 wherein the additional ultrasound transducer is placed on the perimeter of the annular array.
9. The method of claim 5 , further comprising detecting the amount of relative tissue motion between the first and second echoes.
10. A method of applying therapeutic energy to a target region comprising a blood vessel, the method comprising:
emitting an ultrasonic pulse from a first ultrasound transducer to tissue at a target point within the target region, wherein the target point comprises the adventitia of a blood vessel;
detecting a first ultrasonic echo from the target point;
comparing the first echo to a previously recorded echo to determine time shifts or phase differences between the detected echoes and the previously recorded echoes;
determining the amount of relative tissue movement using the time shifts or phase differences and pre-determined unit vectors of each ultrasound transducer;
adjusting a focus of a therapeutic ultrasound applicator based at least in part on the determined amount of relative tissue movement to keep the target point within the focus of the therapeutic applicator; and
emitting a dose of therapeutic ultrasonic energy from the therapeutic ultrasound applicator such that the target point is exposed to the dose.
11. The method of claim 10 , further comprising detecting the ultrasonic echo with at least one additional ultrasound transducer.
12. The method of claim 10 , wherein determining the amount of relative tissue movement comprises executing a recursive algorithm.
13. The method of claim 10 , wherein the predetermined unit vectors are determined experimentally.
14. The method of claim 10 , wherein the therapeutic applicator comprises the first ultrasound transducer.
15. The method of claim 10 , wherein the first ultrasound transducer comprises a piezoelectric element adapted exclusively to transmit imaging ultrasonic pulses.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/344,417 US20120109023A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2012-01-05 | Systems and methods to target blood vessel adventitia with transcutaneous focused ultrasound |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US72878305P | 2005-10-20 | 2005-10-20 | |
US80866506P | 2006-05-26 | 2006-05-26 | |
US11/583,569 US8167805B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2006-10-19 | Systems and methods for ultrasound applicator station keeping |
US13/344,417 US20120109023A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2012-01-05 | Systems and methods to target blood vessel adventitia with transcutaneous focused ultrasound |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/583,569 Continuation US8167805B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2006-10-19 | Systems and methods for ultrasound applicator station keeping |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20120109023A1 true US20120109023A1 (en) | 2012-05-03 |
Family
ID=37708262
Family Applications (8)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/583,569 Active 2030-11-08 US8167805B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2006-10-19 | Systems and methods for ultrasound applicator station keeping |
US11/583,656 Abandoned US20070213616A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2006-10-19 | Systems and methods for arteriotomy localization |
US11/583,256 Abandoned US20070233185A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2006-10-19 | Systems and methods for sealing a vascular opening |
US13/118,144 Abandoned US20110230763A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2011-05-27 | System and method for treating a therapeutic site |
US13/118,245 Abandoned US20110230796A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2011-05-27 | System and method for treating a therapeutic site |
US13/245,703 Active US8372009B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2011-09-26 | System and method for treating a therapeutic site |
US13/344,417 Abandoned US20120109023A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2012-01-05 | Systems and methods to target blood vessel adventitia with transcutaneous focused ultrasound |
US13/618,361 Active 2028-01-19 US9220488B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2012-09-14 | System and method for treating a therapeutic site |
Family Applications Before (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/583,569 Active 2030-11-08 US8167805B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2006-10-19 | Systems and methods for ultrasound applicator station keeping |
US11/583,656 Abandoned US20070213616A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2006-10-19 | Systems and methods for arteriotomy localization |
US11/583,256 Abandoned US20070233185A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2006-10-19 | Systems and methods for sealing a vascular opening |
US13/118,144 Abandoned US20110230763A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2011-05-27 | System and method for treating a therapeutic site |
US13/118,245 Abandoned US20110230796A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2011-05-27 | System and method for treating a therapeutic site |
US13/245,703 Active US8372009B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2011-09-26 | System and method for treating a therapeutic site |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/618,361 Active 2028-01-19 US9220488B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2012-09-14 | System and method for treating a therapeutic site |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (8) | US8167805B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2007047993A2 (en) |
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8845629B2 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2014-09-30 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. | Ultrasound apparatuses for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation |
US9033889B2 (en) * | 2012-01-11 | 2015-05-19 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Methods, assemblies, and devices for positioning a catheter tip using an ultrasonic imaging system |
US9486270B2 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2016-11-08 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. | Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation |
US10188831B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2019-01-29 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Systems and methods for catheter tip placement using ECG |
US10335280B2 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2019-07-02 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for ablating target tissue of a patient |
US10589130B2 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2020-03-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Methods of using high intensity focused ultrasound to form an ablated tissue area containing a plurality of lesions |
US11607150B2 (en) | 2014-04-08 | 2023-03-21 | Angiodynamics Va Llc | Medical device placement system and a method for its use |
Families Citing this family (139)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7399279B2 (en) * | 1999-05-28 | 2008-07-15 | Physiosonics, Inc | Transmitter patterns for multi beam reception |
AU2619301A (en) | 1999-10-25 | 2001-06-06 | Therus Corporation | Use of focused ultrasound for vascular sealing |
US6626855B1 (en) | 1999-11-26 | 2003-09-30 | Therus Corpoation | Controlled high efficiency lesion formation using high intensity ultrasound |
US7223266B2 (en) | 2003-02-04 | 2007-05-29 | Cardiodex Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for hemostasis following arterial catheterization |
JP5068662B2 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2012-11-07 | カーディオデックス リミテッド | Heat treatment technology for varicose veins |
US8167805B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2012-05-01 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Systems and methods for ultrasound applicator station keeping |
US20100210947A1 (en) * | 2005-11-17 | 2010-08-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Vascular Flow Sensor With Acoustic Coupling Detector |
WO2007149536A2 (en) * | 2006-06-21 | 2007-12-27 | Joseph Habboushe | Electronic stethoscope apparatus |
WO2008017051A2 (en) | 2006-08-02 | 2008-02-07 | Inneroptic Technology Inc. | System and method of providing real-time dynamic imagery of a medical procedure site using multiple modalities |
US8265745B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2012-09-11 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibillation Division, Inc. | Contact sensor and sheath exit sensor |
EP2017756A1 (en) * | 2007-07-20 | 2009-01-21 | BrainLAB AG | Method for displaying and/or processing or manipulating image data for medical purposes with gesture recognition |
US8366706B2 (en) | 2007-08-15 | 2013-02-05 | Cardiodex, Ltd. | Systems and methods for puncture closure |
US9066742B2 (en) * | 2007-11-09 | 2015-06-30 | The Spectranetics Corporation | Intra-vascular device with pressure detection capabilities using pressure sensitive material |
CN101861186B (en) * | 2007-11-15 | 2014-03-05 | 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for positional tracking of therapeutic ultrasound transducer |
US8485038B2 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2013-07-16 | General Electric Company | System and method for augmented reality inspection and data visualization |
US9044542B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2015-06-02 | Carticept Medical, Inc. | Imaging-guided anesthesia injection systems and methods |
WO2009086182A1 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2009-07-09 | Carticept Medical, Inc. | Articular injection system |
US8545440B2 (en) * | 2007-12-21 | 2013-10-01 | Carticept Medical, Inc. | Injection system for delivering multiple fluids within the anatomy |
WO2009094646A2 (en) | 2008-01-24 | 2009-07-30 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for image guided ablation |
US20100076314A1 (en) * | 2008-03-25 | 2010-03-25 | Robert Muratore | System and method for creating virtual force field |
US8979828B2 (en) | 2008-07-21 | 2015-03-17 | The Spectranetics Corporation | Tapered liquid light guide |
US9421065B2 (en) | 2008-04-02 | 2016-08-23 | The Spectranetics Corporation | Liquid light-guide catheter with optically diverging tip |
EP2328480B1 (en) * | 2008-07-18 | 2016-01-06 | University Of Rochester | Low-cost device for c-scan photoacoustic imaging |
WO2010017396A2 (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2010-02-11 | University Of Rochester Medical Center | Robotic localizing aid for high intensity focused ultrasound delivery |
US9089700B2 (en) | 2008-08-11 | 2015-07-28 | Cibiem, Inc. | Systems and methods for treating dyspnea, including via electrical afferent signal blocking |
US8372726B2 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2013-02-12 | Mc10, Inc. | Methods and applications of non-planar imaging arrays |
JP5646492B2 (en) * | 2008-10-07 | 2014-12-24 | エムシー10 インコーポレイテッドMc10,Inc. | Stretchable integrated circuit and device with sensor array |
US8389862B2 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2013-03-05 | Mc10, Inc. | Extremely stretchable electronics |
US8097926B2 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2012-01-17 | Mc10, Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices having stretchable integrated circuitry for sensing and delivering therapy |
US8886334B2 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2014-11-11 | Mc10, Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices using stretchable or flexible electronics for medical applications |
EP2337500A4 (en) * | 2008-10-15 | 2012-08-29 | Univ Rochester | Photoacoustic imaging using a versatile acoustic lens |
US9795442B2 (en) | 2008-11-11 | 2017-10-24 | Shifamed Holdings, Llc | Ablation catheters |
US11464578B2 (en) | 2009-02-17 | 2022-10-11 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable media for image management in image-guided medical procedures |
US8641621B2 (en) | 2009-02-17 | 2014-02-04 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable media for image management in image-guided medical procedures |
US8554307B2 (en) | 2010-04-12 | 2013-10-08 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Image annotation in image-guided medical procedures |
US8690776B2 (en) | 2009-02-17 | 2014-04-08 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable media for image guided surgery |
WO2011041727A1 (en) | 2009-10-01 | 2011-04-07 | Mc10, Inc. | Protective cases with integrated electronics |
US8295912B2 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2012-10-23 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Method and system to inhibit a function of a nerve traveling with an artery |
US8986231B2 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2015-03-24 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Energetic modulation of nerves |
US9119951B2 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2015-09-01 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Energetic modulation of nerves |
US9174065B2 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2015-11-03 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Energetic modulation of nerves |
US8986211B2 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2015-03-24 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Energetic modulation of nerves |
US20160059044A1 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2016-03-03 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Energy delivery to intraparenchymal regions of the kidney to treat hypertension |
US20110118600A1 (en) | 2009-11-16 | 2011-05-19 | Michael Gertner | External Autonomic Modulation |
US8469904B2 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2013-06-25 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Energetic modulation of nerves |
US11998266B2 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2024-06-04 | Otsuka Medical Devices Co., Ltd | Intravascular energy delivery |
US8517962B2 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2013-08-27 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Energetic modulation of nerves |
US20110092880A1 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2011-04-21 | Michael Gertner | Energetic modulation of nerves |
US9282947B2 (en) * | 2009-12-01 | 2016-03-15 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Imager focusing based on intraoperative data |
EP2642371A1 (en) | 2010-01-14 | 2013-09-25 | BrainLAB AG | Controlling a surgical navigation system |
CN102933153A (en) | 2010-01-29 | 2013-02-13 | 弗吉尼亚大学专利基金会 | Ultrasound for locating anatomy or probe guidance |
JP5489157B2 (en) * | 2010-02-17 | 2014-05-14 | ジーイー・メディカル・システムズ・グローバル・テクノロジー・カンパニー・エルエルシー | Ultrasonic diagnostic equipment |
EP2566394B1 (en) * | 2010-05-03 | 2016-12-14 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Ultrasonic tracking of ultrasound transducer(s) aboard an interventional tool |
US8517944B2 (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2013-08-27 | Gholam Peyman | Method and system for three-dimensional (3D) imaging of biological structures |
WO2011143468A2 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2011-11-17 | Shifamed, Llc | Low profile electrode assembly |
US9655677B2 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2017-05-23 | Shifamed Holdings, Llc | Ablation catheters including a balloon and electrodes |
US20120010506A1 (en) * | 2010-07-08 | 2012-01-12 | Immersion Corporation | Multimodal laparoscopic ultrasound device with feedback system |
US20120022562A1 (en) * | 2010-07-23 | 2012-01-26 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Device to detect internal bleeding |
US11123141B2 (en) * | 2010-08-19 | 2021-09-21 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Systems and methods for navigating a catheter and delivering a needle |
US20120065508A1 (en) * | 2010-09-09 | 2012-03-15 | General Electric Company | Ultrasound imaging system and method for displaying a target image |
US20120065510A1 (en) * | 2010-09-09 | 2012-03-15 | General Electric Company | Ultrasound system and method for calculating quality-of-fit |
US9072430B2 (en) * | 2010-09-22 | 2015-07-07 | University Of Rochester | System for identifying, inspecting, and examining a radiographically labeled specimen |
US10321892B2 (en) * | 2010-09-27 | 2019-06-18 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Computerized characterization of cardiac motion in medical diagnostic ultrasound |
US9326751B2 (en) * | 2010-11-17 | 2016-05-03 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Catheter guidance of external energy for renal denervation |
US20120158011A1 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2012-06-21 | Sandhu Kulbir S | Proximity sensor interface in a robotic catheter system |
US10368834B2 (en) * | 2011-04-26 | 2019-08-06 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Bone surface image reconstruction using ultrasound |
KR102000302B1 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2019-07-15 | 엠씨10, 인크 | Electronic, optical and/or mechanical apparatus and systems and methods for fabricating same |
US9480408B2 (en) * | 2011-06-02 | 2016-11-01 | Nonin Medical, Inc. | Home uterine activity monitoring |
WO2012172458A1 (en) * | 2011-06-13 | 2012-12-20 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Three-dimensional needle localization with a two-dimensional imaging probe |
GB201115419D0 (en) * | 2011-09-07 | 2011-10-19 | Univ Leuven Kath | Non-invasive in-situ radiation dosimetry |
US9655684B2 (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2017-05-23 | Konica Minolta Laboratory U.S.A., Inc. | Catheter guidance system |
JP5950540B2 (en) * | 2011-10-31 | 2016-07-13 | キヤノン株式会社 | SUBJECT INFORMATION ACQUISITION DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD FOR THE DEVICE, AND PROGRAM |
AU2012347470B2 (en) | 2011-12-09 | 2017-02-02 | Medtronic Ireland Manufacturing Unlimited Company | Therapeutic neuromodulation of the hepatic system |
JP5929368B2 (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2016-06-01 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Ultrasound diagnostic imaging equipment |
DE112013002175T5 (en) | 2012-04-24 | 2015-01-22 | Cibiem, Inc. | Endovascular catheters and procedures for ablation of the carotid body |
EP2854681A4 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2016-02-17 | Cibiem Inc | Percutaneous methods and devices for carotid body ablation |
WO2013181660A1 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2013-12-05 | Cibiem, Inc. | Methods and devices for cryogenic carotid body ablation |
WO2013192598A1 (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2013-12-27 | Excelsius Surgical, L.L.C. | Surgical robot platform |
KR20130143434A (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2013-12-31 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for tracking focus of high-intensity focused ultrasound |
WO2014005155A1 (en) | 2012-06-30 | 2014-01-03 | Cibiem, Inc. | Carotid body ablation via directed energy |
EP2789304A4 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2015-07-15 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp | Ultrasound surgery system |
US9199098B2 (en) * | 2012-09-05 | 2015-12-01 | Olympus Corporation | Ultrasonic treatment device |
US9171794B2 (en) | 2012-10-09 | 2015-10-27 | Mc10, Inc. | Embedding thin chips in polymer |
EP2938401A2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2015-11-04 | Perseus-Biomed Inc. | Phased array energy aiming and tracking for ablation treatment |
US10188314B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2019-01-29 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | System and method for detecting sheathing and unsheathing of localization elements |
US9026196B2 (en) * | 2013-03-05 | 2015-05-05 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | System and method for detecting sheathing and unsheathing of localization elements |
CN113648552A (en) * | 2013-03-08 | 2021-11-16 | 奥赛拉公司 | Apparatus and method for multi-focal ultrasound therapy |
US10314559B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2019-06-11 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Medical device guidance |
WO2014160964A1 (en) * | 2013-03-28 | 2014-10-02 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Focused ultrasound apparatus and methods of use |
KR20150140760A (en) | 2013-04-08 | 2015-12-16 | 아파마 메디칼, 인크. | Cardiac ablation catheters and methods of use thereof |
US10349824B2 (en) | 2013-04-08 | 2019-07-16 | Apama Medical, Inc. | Tissue mapping and visualization systems |
US10098694B2 (en) | 2013-04-08 | 2018-10-16 | Apama Medical, Inc. | Tissue ablation and monitoring thereof |
CN105473089A (en) | 2013-06-05 | 2016-04-06 | 麦特文申公司 | Modulation of targeted nerve fibers |
JP6366123B2 (en) * | 2013-06-26 | 2018-08-01 | 国立大学法人東京農工大学 | Insert system |
WO2014207665A2 (en) * | 2013-06-28 | 2014-12-31 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Transducer placement and registration for image-guided sonothrombolysis |
EP3116408B1 (en) | 2014-03-12 | 2018-12-19 | Cibiem, Inc. | Ultrasound ablation catheter |
WO2015171342A1 (en) * | 2014-05-06 | 2015-11-12 | King Randy L | Device, system, and method for non-invasive sterilization of mammals and other animals |
US11382515B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2022-07-12 | Verve Medical, Inc. | Renal denervation using nerve fluorescing dye |
US9491355B2 (en) * | 2014-08-18 | 2016-11-08 | Audatex North America, Inc. | System for capturing an image of a damaged vehicle |
USD760901S1 (en) | 2014-09-18 | 2016-07-05 | Align Technology, Inc. | Intraoral scanner wand |
USD742518S1 (en) | 2014-09-18 | 2015-11-03 | Align Technology, Inc. | Intraoral scanner wand |
US9901406B2 (en) | 2014-10-02 | 2018-02-27 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Affected region display associated with a medical device |
US10925579B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2021-02-23 | Otsuka Medical Devices Co., Ltd. | Systems and methods for real-time tracking of a target tissue using imaging before and during therapy delivery |
CN107106124B (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2021-01-08 | C·R·巴德公司 | Ultrasound imaging system with automatic image rendering |
CN106999146B (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2020-11-10 | C·R·巴德公司 | Ultrasound imaging system with automatic image rendering |
EP3229901A1 (en) * | 2014-12-10 | 2017-10-18 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Guiding tracked shape reconstruction for interventional procedures |
US10188467B2 (en) | 2014-12-12 | 2019-01-29 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Surgical guidance intersection display |
USD771817S1 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2016-11-15 | Align Technology, Inc. | Combined cart-mounted display and computer for intraoral scanner |
USD768861S1 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2016-10-11 | Align Technology, Inc. | Combined desktop display and computer for intraoral scanner |
WO2016179454A1 (en) | 2015-05-07 | 2016-11-10 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | System and method for detecting sheathing and unsheathing of localization elements |
US9949700B2 (en) | 2015-07-22 | 2018-04-24 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Medical device approaches |
US10674997B2 (en) * | 2015-08-10 | 2020-06-09 | Shaohua Hu | Ultrasonic tracking probe and the method |
US10639020B2 (en) | 2015-09-28 | 2020-05-05 | M-V Arterica AB | Vascular closure device |
WO2017066564A1 (en) * | 2015-10-15 | 2017-04-20 | Georgia Tech Research Corporation | Analogue time division multiplexing for cable reduction in imaging catheters |
CN108348146A (en) | 2015-11-16 | 2018-07-31 | 阿帕玛医疗公司 | Energy transmission device |
US10030961B2 (en) | 2015-11-27 | 2018-07-24 | General Electric Company | Gap measuring device |
USD795428S1 (en) | 2016-01-28 | 2017-08-22 | Dental Wings Inc. | Intra-oral scanner handle |
USD815745S1 (en) * | 2016-01-28 | 2018-04-17 | Dental Wings Inc. | Intra-oral scanner |
US9675319B1 (en) | 2016-02-17 | 2017-06-13 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Loupe display |
WO2017181129A2 (en) * | 2016-04-15 | 2017-10-19 | Worcester Polytechnic Institute | Devices and methods for measuring vascular deficiency |
US10524859B2 (en) | 2016-06-07 | 2020-01-07 | Metavention, Inc. | Therapeutic tissue modulation devices and methods |
US10278778B2 (en) | 2016-10-27 | 2019-05-07 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Medical device navigation using a virtual 3D space |
WO2018126080A1 (en) * | 2016-12-30 | 2018-07-05 | Applaud Medical, Inc. | System and method for detecting and aligning acoustic beam in situ to a target using wide-beam, low frequency (<1 mhz) ultrasound |
US11096654B2 (en) * | 2017-04-14 | 2021-08-24 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Non-invasive assessment of anatomic vessels |
US11259879B2 (en) | 2017-08-01 | 2022-03-01 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Selective transparency to assist medical device navigation |
US11484365B2 (en) | 2018-01-23 | 2022-11-01 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | Medical image guidance |
WO2019156975A1 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | Atherosys, Inc. | Apparatus and method to guide ultrasound acquisition of the peripheral arteries in the transverse plane |
US11642100B2 (en) | 2018-09-20 | 2023-05-09 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Systems and methods for localizing a medical device using symmetric Doppler frequency shifts measured with ultrasound imaging |
EP3870076A4 (en) * | 2018-10-24 | 2022-08-10 | Arterica Inc. | Self-expanding hemostatic devices and methods for fascia and vessel passages |
US11464485B2 (en) | 2018-12-27 | 2022-10-11 | Avent, Inc. | Transducer-mounted needle assembly with improved electrical connection to power source |
US11647980B2 (en) | 2018-12-27 | 2023-05-16 | Avent, Inc. | Methods for needle identification on an ultrasound display screen by determining a meta-frame rate of the data signals |
CA3133449A1 (en) * | 2019-03-17 | 2020-09-24 | Lightlab Imaging, Inc. | Arterial imaging and assessment systems and methods and related user interface based-workflows |
WO2021102044A1 (en) | 2019-11-19 | 2021-05-27 | Arterica Inc. | Vascular closure devices and methods |
JP7502899B2 (en) * | 2020-05-28 | 2024-06-19 | 富士フイルムヘルスケア株式会社 | Ultrasound imaging device and surgical support system using same |
US11896317B2 (en) | 2020-08-04 | 2024-02-13 | Mazor Robotics Ltd. | Triangulation of item in patient body |
US20220233770A1 (en) * | 2021-01-22 | 2022-07-28 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Automatic monitoring of fluid injection procedures using a sensing catheter |
WO2023060235A1 (en) * | 2021-10-08 | 2023-04-13 | Deepsight Technology, Inc. | Ultrasound beacon visualization with optical sensors |
US12004821B2 (en) | 2022-02-03 | 2024-06-11 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for generating a hybrid image |
US12025489B1 (en) | 2023-06-23 | 2024-07-02 | Deepsight Technology, Inc. | Fiber-optical sensor system for ultrasound sensing and imaging |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5005579A (en) * | 1987-02-17 | 1991-04-09 | Richard Wolf Gmbh | Apparatus for spatial location and destruction of objects inside the body by means of ultrasound |
US5720286A (en) * | 1994-05-30 | 1998-02-24 | Technomed Medical Systems | Use of A-mode echography for monitoring the position of a patient during ultrasound therapy |
US6086535A (en) * | 1995-03-31 | 2000-07-11 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Ultrasound therapeutic apparataus |
US6270458B1 (en) * | 1999-03-05 | 2001-08-07 | Barnev Inc. | Cervix dilation and labor progression monitor |
Family Cites Families (369)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US385256A (en) | 1888-06-26 | eggers | ||
US3274437A (en) * | 1963-11-20 | 1966-09-20 | Thompson Ramo Wooldridge Inc | High intensity radiant energy source |
US3499437A (en) * | 1967-03-10 | 1970-03-10 | Ultrasonic Systems | Method and apparatus for treatment of organic structures and systems thereof with ultrasonic energy |
US3552382A (en) * | 1968-01-11 | 1971-01-05 | Hoffmann La Roche | Ultrasonic transducer assembly for biological inspections |
US3927662A (en) * | 1971-12-08 | 1975-12-23 | Hoffmann La Roche | Ultrasonic transducer assembly |
US3847016A (en) * | 1971-12-08 | 1974-11-12 | Hoffmann La Roche | Ultrasonic transducer assembly |
US4167180A (en) * | 1975-05-01 | 1979-09-11 | The Commonwealth Of Australia, Care Of The Department Of Health | Method and apparatus for ultrasonic examination |
US4059098A (en) | 1975-07-21 | 1977-11-22 | Stanford Research Institute | Flexible ultrasound coupling system |
US4197856A (en) * | 1978-04-10 | 1980-04-15 | Northrop Robert B | Ultrasonic respiration/convulsion monitoring apparatus and method for its use |
US4206763A (en) | 1978-08-01 | 1980-06-10 | Drexel University | Ultrasonic scanner for breast cancer examination |
US4237901A (en) | 1978-08-30 | 1980-12-09 | Picker Corporation | Low and constant pressure transducer probe for ultrasonic diagnostic system |
US4273127A (en) | 1978-10-12 | 1981-06-16 | Research Corporation | Method for cutting and coagulating tissue |
US4315514A (en) * | 1980-05-08 | 1982-02-16 | William Drewes | Method and apparatus for selective cell destruction |
US4469099A (en) | 1980-10-02 | 1984-09-04 | Western Clinical Engineering Ltd. | Pneumatic torniquet |
US4484569A (en) | 1981-03-13 | 1984-11-27 | Riverside Research Institute | Ultrasonic diagnostic and therapeutic transducer assembly and method for using |
US4479494A (en) | 1982-01-05 | 1984-10-30 | Western Clinical Engineering Ltd. | Adaptive pneumatic tourniquet |
DE3219271A1 (en) | 1982-05-21 | 1983-11-24 | Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München | ULTRASONIC APPLICATOR |
JPS59147508U (en) | 1983-03-25 | 1984-10-02 | 株式会社東芝 | Ultrasonic probe adapter |
JPS6080442A (en) * | 1983-10-06 | 1985-05-08 | テルモ株式会社 | Ultrasonic measuring method and apparatus |
US4601296A (en) | 1983-10-07 | 1986-07-22 | Yeda Research And Development Co., Ltd. | Hyperthermia apparatus |
US5150712A (en) | 1983-12-14 | 1992-09-29 | Edap International, S.A. | Apparatus for examining and localizing tumors using ultra sounds, comprising a device for localized hyperthermia treatment |
US5143073A (en) * | 1983-12-14 | 1992-09-01 | Edap International, S.A. | Wave apparatus system |
USRE33590E (en) | 1983-12-14 | 1991-05-21 | Edap International, S.A. | Method for examining, localizing and treating with ultrasound |
US4605010A (en) | 1984-05-17 | 1986-08-12 | Western Clinical Engineering Ltd. | Pressurizing cuff |
JPS61209643A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1986-09-17 | 株式会社東芝 | Ultrasonic diagnostic and medical treatment apparatus |
EP0195718A1 (en) | 1985-03-22 | 1986-09-24 | Commissariat A L'energie Atomique | Artificial skull, prosthetic head built up from the skull and process for producing them |
JPH0653120B2 (en) | 1985-05-10 | 1994-07-20 | オリンパス光学工業株式会社 | Ultrasonic diagnostic equipment |
GB8529446D0 (en) | 1985-11-29 | 1986-01-08 | Univ Aberdeen | Divergent ultrasound arrays |
DE3544344A1 (en) * | 1985-12-14 | 1987-06-19 | Dornier Medizintechnik | DEVICE FOR TROMBOISING BY SHOCK WAVE |
US4784148A (en) | 1986-02-21 | 1988-11-15 | Johnson & Johnson | Ultrasonic transducer probe expansion chamber |
US5000185A (en) * | 1986-02-28 | 1991-03-19 | Cardiovascular Imaging Systems, Inc. | Method for intravascular two-dimensional ultrasonography and recanalization |
EP0239999B1 (en) | 1986-04-02 | 1993-10-13 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Ultrasonic probe having an ultrasonic propagation medium |
JPH074373B2 (en) | 1986-10-16 | 1995-01-25 | オリンパス光学工業株式会社 | Ultrasound endoscopy |
US4770175A (en) | 1986-10-22 | 1988-09-13 | Western Clinical Engineering Ltd. | Occlusive cuff |
US5181522A (en) * | 1987-04-03 | 1993-01-26 | Abatis Medical Technologies Limited | Tourniquet for sensing and regulation of applied pressure |
US5178135A (en) * | 1987-04-16 | 1993-01-12 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Therapeutical apparatus of extracorporeal type |
US4913155A (en) * | 1987-05-11 | 1990-04-03 | Capistrano Labs, Inc. | Ultrasonic transducer probe assembly |
US4773865A (en) | 1987-06-26 | 1988-09-27 | Baldwin Jere F | Training mannequin |
US4931047A (en) | 1987-09-30 | 1990-06-05 | Cavitron, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing enhanced tissue fragmentation and/or hemostasis |
US4841979A (en) | 1988-01-25 | 1989-06-27 | Capistrano Labs, Inc. | Ultrasonic prostate probe assembly |
US4957099A (en) | 1988-02-10 | 1990-09-18 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Shock wave source for extracorporeal lithotripsy |
US5036855A (en) | 1988-03-02 | 1991-08-06 | Laboratory Equipment, Corp. | Localization and therapy system for treatment of spatially oriented focal disease |
US4858613A (en) | 1988-03-02 | 1989-08-22 | Laboratory Equipment, Corp. | Localization and therapy system for treatment of spatially oriented focal disease |
US5522878A (en) | 1988-03-25 | 1996-06-04 | Lectec Corporation | Solid multipurpose ultrasonic biomedical couplant gel in sheet form and method |
US4966953A (en) | 1988-06-02 | 1990-10-30 | Takiron Co., Ltd. | Liquid segment polyurethane gel and couplers for ultrasonic diagnostic probe comprising the same |
US4938217A (en) | 1988-06-21 | 1990-07-03 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Electronically-controlled variable focus ultrasound hyperthermia system |
US4938216A (en) | 1988-06-21 | 1990-07-03 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Mechanically scanned line-focus ultrasound hyperthermia system |
US5211160A (en) | 1988-09-14 | 1993-05-18 | Interpore Orthopaedics, Inc. | Ultrasonic orthopedic treatment head and body-mounting means therefor |
US4929246A (en) | 1988-10-27 | 1990-05-29 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Method for closing and sealing an artery after removing a catheter |
ES2009404A6 (en) * | 1988-11-24 | 1989-09-16 | Quintela Manuel Arturo Lopez | Process to obtain fine magnetic Nd-Fe-B particles of various sizes. |
JPH02217000A (en) | 1989-02-16 | 1990-08-29 | Hitachi Ltd | Ultrasonic wave probe |
FR2643252B1 (en) | 1989-02-21 | 1991-06-07 | Technomed Int Sa | APPARATUS FOR THE SELECTIVE DESTRUCTION OF CELLS INCLUDING SOFT TISSUES AND BONES WITHIN THE BODY OF A LIVING BODY BY IMPLOSION OF GAS BUBBLES |
DE3922641A1 (en) | 1989-07-10 | 1991-01-24 | Wolf Gmbh Richard | RUN FOR A LITHOTRIPSY DEVICE |
EP0419729A1 (en) * | 1989-09-29 | 1991-04-03 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Position finding of a catheter by means of non-ionising fields |
DE69021158T2 (en) | 1989-09-29 | 1995-12-07 | Terumo Corp | Ultrasonic coupler and manufacturing process. |
DE4110308A1 (en) | 1989-10-10 | 1992-10-01 | Schubert Werner | Hyperbaric medical breathing mask - is used for treating disorders which result in excess lipid in body tissue, and completely surrounds patients head |
US5585112A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1996-12-17 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Method of preparing gas and gaseous precursor-filled microspheres |
US6551576B1 (en) * | 1989-12-22 | 2003-04-22 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. | Container with multi-phase composition for use in diagnostic and therapeutic applications |
US5254087A (en) | 1990-01-29 | 1993-10-19 | Ivra Systems, Inc. | Tourniquet apparatus for intravenous regional anesthesia |
US5584853A (en) | 1990-01-29 | 1996-12-17 | Mcewen; James A. | Tourniquet cuff apparatus |
US5607447A (en) | 1993-09-28 | 1997-03-04 | Mcewen; James A. | Physiologic tourniquet |
US5556415A (en) | 1990-01-29 | 1996-09-17 | Mcewen; James A. | Physiologic tourniquet for intravenous regional anesthesia |
US5026387A (en) | 1990-03-12 | 1991-06-25 | Ultracision Inc. | Method and apparatus for ultrasonic surgical cutting and hemostatis |
US5263957A (en) | 1990-03-12 | 1993-11-23 | Ultracision Inc. | Ultrasonic scalpel blade and methods of application |
EP0449138B1 (en) | 1990-03-24 | 1997-01-02 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Apparatus for ultrasonic wave medical treatment |
FR2660543B1 (en) * | 1990-04-06 | 1998-02-13 | Technomed Int Sa | METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY MEASURING THE VOLUME OF A TUMOR, IN PARTICULAR A PROSTATE TUMOR, MEASURING DEVICE, METHOD AND APPARATUS COMPRISING THE SAME. |
FR2660732B1 (en) | 1990-04-06 | 1992-09-04 | Technomed Int Sa | TRANSLATABLE END ARM AND THERAPEUTIC TREATMENT APPARATUS, INCLUDING APPLICATION. |
DE69110467T2 (en) * | 1990-06-15 | 1996-02-01 | Cortrak Medical Inc | DEVICE FOR DISPENSING MEDICINES. |
US5215680A (en) | 1990-07-10 | 1993-06-01 | Cavitation-Control Technology, Inc. | Method for the production of medical-grade lipid-coated microbubbles, paramagnetic labeling of such microbubbles and therapeutic uses of microbubbles |
FR2672486A1 (en) | 1991-02-11 | 1992-08-14 | Technomed Int Sa | Ultrasound apparatus for extracorporeal therapeutic treatment of superficial varicose veins |
CA2103727A1 (en) | 1991-02-13 | 1992-08-14 | Philip N. Sawyer | Filler material for use in tissue welding |
US5316000A (en) | 1991-03-05 | 1994-05-31 | Technomed International (Societe Anonyme) | Use of at least one composite piezoelectric transducer in the manufacture of an ultrasonic therapy apparatus for applying therapy, in a body zone, in particular to concretions, to tissue, or to bones, of a living being and method of ultrasonic therapy |
US5243988A (en) | 1991-03-13 | 1993-09-14 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Intravascular imaging apparatus and methods for use and manufacture |
US5194291A (en) * | 1991-04-22 | 1993-03-16 | General Atomics | Corona discharge treatment |
US5233994A (en) | 1991-05-13 | 1993-08-10 | Advanced Technology Laboratories, Inc. | Detection of tissue abnormality through blood perfusion differentiation |
DE4227800C2 (en) * | 1991-08-21 | 1996-12-19 | Toshiba Kawasaki Kk | Thrombus-releasing treatment device |
US5348552A (en) | 1991-08-30 | 1994-09-20 | Hoya Corporation | Laser surgical unit |
US6875420B1 (en) | 1991-09-17 | 2005-04-05 | Amersham Health As | Method of ultrasound imaging |
US5312431A (en) | 1991-09-30 | 1994-05-17 | Abatis Medical Technologies Limited | Occlusive cuff |
US5649954A (en) | 1991-09-30 | 1997-07-22 | Mcewen; James A. | Tourniquet cuff system |
US5741295A (en) * | 1991-09-30 | 1998-04-21 | James A. McEwen | Overlapping tourniquet cuff system |
US5713363A (en) * | 1991-11-08 | 1998-02-03 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Ultrasound catheter and method for imaging and hemodynamic monitoring |
US5704361A (en) * | 1991-11-08 | 1998-01-06 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Volumetric image ultrasound transducer underfluid catheter system |
US5524620A (en) | 1991-11-12 | 1996-06-11 | November Technologies Ltd. | Ablation of blood thrombi by means of acoustic energy |
US5318035A (en) * | 1991-12-02 | 1994-06-07 | Nitto Denko Corporation | Crosslinked molding, sound medium using it and ultrasonic coupler |
ATE144124T1 (en) * | 1991-12-20 | 1996-11-15 | Technomed Medical Systems | DEVICE FOR ULTRASONIC THERAPY EMITTING SOUND WAVES, THERMAL EFFECTS AND CAVITATION EFFECTS |
US5230334A (en) | 1992-01-22 | 1993-07-27 | Summit Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for generating localized hyperthermia |
US5993389A (en) * | 1995-05-22 | 1999-11-30 | Ths International, Inc. | Devices for providing acoustic hemostasis |
AU3727993A (en) | 1992-02-21 | 1993-09-13 | Diasonics Inc. | Ultrasound intracavity system for imaging therapy planning and treatment of focal disease |
US5810810A (en) | 1992-04-23 | 1998-09-22 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for sealing vascular punctures |
CA2134071C (en) * | 1992-04-23 | 1999-04-27 | Sew Wah Tay | Apparatus and method for sealing vascular punctures |
US5230921A (en) | 1992-08-04 | 1993-07-27 | Blacktoe Medical, Inc. | Flexible piezo-electric membrane |
DE4230415A1 (en) | 1992-09-11 | 1994-03-17 | Csb Syst Software Entwicklung | Ultrasonic thickness measurement system e.g. for fat and muscle - includes piezoelectric crystals and ultrasonic processing circuits for imaging of organs and different layers of tissue |
US5415657A (en) | 1992-10-13 | 1995-05-16 | Taymor-Luria; Howard | Percutaneous vascular sealing method |
US5290278A (en) * | 1992-10-20 | 1994-03-01 | Proclosure Inc. | Method and apparatus for applying thermal energy to luminal tissue |
US5391197A (en) * | 1992-11-13 | 1995-02-21 | Dornier Medical Systems, Inc. | Ultrasound thermotherapy probe |
US5364389A (en) | 1992-11-25 | 1994-11-15 | Premier Laser Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for sealing and/or grasping luminal tissue |
US20020095164A1 (en) | 1997-06-26 | 2002-07-18 | Andreas Bernard H. | Device and method for suturing tissue |
US5573497A (en) | 1994-11-30 | 1996-11-12 | Technomed Medical Systems And Institut National | High-intensity ultrasound therapy method and apparatus with controlled cavitation effect and reduced side lobes |
US5738635A (en) * | 1993-01-22 | 1998-04-14 | Technomed Medical Systems | Adjustable focusing therapeutic apparatus with no secondary focusing |
DE4302537C1 (en) * | 1993-01-29 | 1994-04-28 | Siemens Ag | Ultrasound imaging and therapy device - generates imaging waves and focussed treatment waves having two differing frequencies for location and treatment of e.g tumours |
DE4302538C1 (en) | 1993-01-29 | 1994-04-07 | Siemens Ag | Ultrasonic therapy device for tumour treatment lithotripsy or osteorestoration - with ultrasonic imaging and ultrasonic treatment modes using respective acoustic wave frequencies |
DE4447855B4 (en) | 1993-02-10 | 2008-10-16 | Siemens Ag | Use of a source of pulsatile waves for the treatment of conditions of pain and apparatus for such use |
DE69431741T2 (en) * | 1993-03-12 | 2003-09-11 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba, Kawasaki | Device for medical treatment with ultrasound |
US5394877A (en) * | 1993-04-01 | 1995-03-07 | Axon Medical, Inc. | Ultrasound medical diagnostic device having a coupling medium providing self-adherence to a patient |
US5817021A (en) | 1993-04-15 | 1998-10-06 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Therapy apparatus for treating conditions of the heart and heart-proximate vessels |
US5626601A (en) | 1995-10-27 | 1997-05-06 | Gary Gershony | Vascular sealing apparatus and method |
US5383896A (en) * | 1993-05-25 | 1995-01-24 | Gershony; Gary | Vascular sealing device |
US5716597A (en) | 1993-06-04 | 1998-02-10 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Emulsions as contrast agents and method of use |
US5630837A (en) | 1993-07-01 | 1997-05-20 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Acoustic ablation |
CA2167917C (en) * | 1993-07-26 | 2002-11-19 | Jacques Dory | Therapy and imaging probe and therapeutic treatment apparatus utilizing it |
US5471988A (en) | 1993-12-24 | 1995-12-05 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Ultrasonic diagnosis and therapy system in which focusing point of therapeutic ultrasonic wave is locked at predetermined position within observation ultrasonic scanning range |
JPH07184907A (en) | 1993-12-28 | 1995-07-25 | Toshiba Corp | Ultrasonic treating device |
DE4443947B4 (en) | 1994-01-14 | 2005-09-22 | Siemens Ag | endoscope |
US5873828A (en) * | 1994-02-18 | 1999-02-23 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Ultrasonic diagnosis and treatment system |
KR0133481B1 (en) * | 1994-03-10 | 1998-04-23 | 구자홍 | Production method for infrared array sensor using processing |
US5507790A (en) * | 1994-03-21 | 1996-04-16 | Weiss; William V. | Method of non-invasive reduction of human site-specific subcutaneous fat tissue deposits by accelerated lipolysis metabolism |
GB9408668D0 (en) | 1994-04-30 | 1994-06-22 | Orthosonics Ltd | Untrasonic therapeutic system |
US5492126A (en) * | 1994-05-02 | 1996-02-20 | Focal Surgery | Probe for medical imaging and therapy using ultrasound |
WO1995029737A1 (en) | 1994-05-03 | 1995-11-09 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Apparatus and method for noninvasive doppler ultrasound-guided real-time control of tissue damage in thermal therapy |
US5454373A (en) | 1994-07-20 | 1995-10-03 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Medical acoustic imaging |
US5534232A (en) | 1994-08-11 | 1996-07-09 | Wisconsin Alumini Research Foundation | Apparatus for reactions in dense-medium plasmas |
US5807285A (en) | 1994-08-18 | 1998-09-15 | Ethicon-Endo Surgery, Inc. | Medical applications of ultrasonic energy |
US5503152A (en) * | 1994-09-28 | 1996-04-02 | Tetrad Corporation | Ultrasonic transducer assembly and method for three-dimensional imaging |
US5609485A (en) * | 1994-10-03 | 1997-03-11 | Medsim, Ltd. | Medical reproduction system |
US5453576A (en) * | 1994-10-24 | 1995-09-26 | Transonic Systems Inc. | Cardiovascular measurements by sound velocity dilution |
US5920319A (en) | 1994-10-27 | 1999-07-06 | Wake Forest University | Automatic analysis in virtual endoscopy |
US5520188A (en) | 1994-11-02 | 1996-05-28 | Focus Surgery Inc. | Annular array transducer |
US5711058A (en) * | 1994-11-21 | 1998-01-27 | General Electric Company | Method for manufacturing transducer assembly with curved transducer array |
US5665073A (en) | 1995-02-07 | 1997-09-09 | Bulow; Christi | Protective sheath and securement apparatus and method for surgical conduits |
US5685307A (en) | 1995-02-28 | 1997-11-11 | Iowa State University Research Foundation, Inc. | Method and apparatus for tissue characterization of animals using ultrasound |
US5515853A (en) * | 1995-03-28 | 1996-05-14 | Sonometrics Corporation | Three-dimensional digital ultrasound tracking system |
US5770801A (en) | 1995-04-25 | 1998-06-23 | Abbott Laboratories | Ultrasound transmissive pad |
US5558092A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1996-09-24 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Methods and apparatus for performing diagnostic and therapeutic ultrasound simultaneously |
US5834687A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-11-10 | Acuson Corporation | Coupling of acoustic window and lens for medical ultrasound transducers |
US5755228A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-05-26 | Hologic, Inc. | Equipment and method for calibration and quality assurance of an ultrasonic bone anaylsis apparatus |
US5902311A (en) | 1995-06-15 | 1999-05-11 | Perclose, Inc. | Low profile intraluminal suturing device and method |
US5655538A (en) | 1995-06-19 | 1997-08-12 | General Electric Company | Ultrasonic phased array transducer with an ultralow impedance backfill and a method for making |
US5810007A (en) | 1995-07-26 | 1998-09-22 | Associates Of The Joint Center For Radiation Therapy, Inc. | Ultrasound localization and image fusion for the treatment of prostate cancer |
US5855589A (en) * | 1995-08-25 | 1999-01-05 | Mcewen; James A. | Physiologic tourniquet for intravenous regional anesthesia |
US5931853A (en) | 1995-08-25 | 1999-08-03 | Mcewen; James A. | Physiologic tourniquet with safety circuit |
US5638823A (en) | 1995-08-28 | 1997-06-17 | Rutgers University | System and method for noninvasive detection of arterial stenosis |
US5716374A (en) * | 1995-10-10 | 1998-02-10 | Symbiosis Corporation | Stamped clevis for endoscopic instruments and method of making the same |
US5833647A (en) | 1995-10-10 | 1998-11-10 | The Penn State Research Foundation | Hydrogels or lipogels with enhanced mass transfer for transdermal drug delivery |
US5590657A (en) * | 1995-11-06 | 1997-01-07 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Phased array ultrasound system and method for cardiac ablation |
US5979453A (en) | 1995-11-09 | 1999-11-09 | Femrx, Inc. | Needle myolysis system for uterine fibriods |
US5895356A (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 1999-04-20 | American Medical Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for transurethral focussed ultrasound therapy |
US5598845A (en) | 1995-11-16 | 1997-02-04 | Stellartech Research Corporation | Ultrasound transducer device for continuous imaging of the heart and other body parts |
DE19644314A1 (en) * | 1995-11-23 | 1997-05-28 | Siemens Ag | Therapy appts. with acoustic wave source |
JP2000501530A (en) | 1995-11-28 | 2000-02-08 | ドルニエ メディカル システムズ,インコーポレイテッド | Non-invasive temperature mapping method and system for tissue |
US6286989B1 (en) | 1995-12-05 | 2001-09-11 | Ronnald B. King | Mixing device with vanes having sloping edges and method of mixing viscous fluids |
US5824277A (en) | 1995-12-06 | 1998-10-20 | E. I.Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Plasma oxidation of an exhaust gas stream from chlorinating titanium-containing material |
US5935339A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1999-08-10 | Iowa State University | Decontamination device and method thereof |
US6261233B1 (en) * | 1996-01-05 | 2001-07-17 | Sunlight Medical Ltd. | Method and device for a blood velocity determination |
US5895357A (en) | 1996-01-29 | 1999-04-20 | Aloka Co., Ltd. | Bone assessment apparatus |
JP4166277B2 (en) | 1996-02-15 | 2008-10-15 | バイオセンス・ウェブスター・インコーポレイテッド | Medical method and apparatus using in-vivo probe |
US5655539A (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 1997-08-12 | Abbott Laboratories | Method for conducting an ultrasound procedure using an ultrasound transmissive pad |
DE69736549T2 (en) * | 1996-02-29 | 2007-08-23 | Acuson Corp., Mountain View | SYSTEM, METHOD AND CONVERTER FOR ORIENTING MULTIPLE ULTRASOUND IMAGES |
US6036687A (en) | 1996-03-05 | 2000-03-14 | Vnus Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating venous insufficiency |
JP3652791B2 (en) | 1996-06-24 | 2005-05-25 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | Ultrasonic diagnostic equipment |
US5681339A (en) | 1996-08-12 | 1997-10-28 | Mcewen; James A. | Apparatus and method for monitoring the patency of tubing in a pneumatic medical device |
DE19635593C1 (en) | 1996-09-02 | 1998-04-23 | Siemens Ag | Ultrasound transducer for diagnostic and therapeutic use |
US5846517A (en) | 1996-09-11 | 1998-12-08 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Methods for diagnostic imaging using a renal contrast agent and a vasodilator |
AU714071B2 (en) * | 1996-09-17 | 1999-12-16 | Biosense, Inc. | Position confirmation with learn and test functions |
US20050182297A1 (en) * | 1996-10-04 | 2005-08-18 | Dietrich Gravenstein | Imaging scope |
US6311692B1 (en) * | 1996-10-22 | 2001-11-06 | Epicor, Inc. | Apparatus and method for diagnosis and therapy of electrophysiological disease |
US5769790A (en) | 1996-10-25 | 1998-06-23 | General Electric Company | Focused ultrasound surgery system guided by ultrasound imaging |
US5827268A (en) | 1996-10-30 | 1998-10-27 | Hearten Medical, Inc. | Device for the treatment of patent ductus arteriosus and method of using the device |
US5827204A (en) | 1996-11-26 | 1998-10-27 | Grandia; Willem | Medical noninvasive operations using focused modulated high power ultrasound |
USD389574S (en) * | 1996-11-27 | 1998-01-20 | Eclipse Surgical Technologies, Inc. | Finger grip device for a laser fiber optic delivery system |
US6494848B1 (en) | 1996-12-19 | 2002-12-17 | St. Jude Medical Puerto Rico B.V. | Measuring device for use with a hemostatic puncture closure device |
US5857974A (en) * | 1997-01-08 | 1999-01-12 | Endosonics Corporation | High resolution intravascular ultrasound transducer assembly having a flexible substrate |
US7789841B2 (en) | 1997-02-06 | 2010-09-07 | Exogen, Inc. | Method and apparatus for connective tissue treatment |
US5904659A (en) | 1997-02-14 | 1999-05-18 | Exogen, Inc. | Ultrasonic treatment for wounds |
US5788636A (en) | 1997-02-25 | 1998-08-04 | Acuson Corporation | Method and system for forming an ultrasound image of a tissue while simultaneously ablating the tissue |
IT1296010B1 (en) | 1997-03-18 | 1999-06-04 | Pavis Varese Srl | TEXTILE MANUFACTURE FOR THE CLOSURE AND ELASTIC TENSIONING OF A GARMENT OR GARMENT |
US6537246B1 (en) | 1997-06-18 | 2003-03-25 | Imarx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oxygen delivery agents and uses for the same |
US5922945A (en) | 1997-04-16 | 1999-07-13 | Abbott Laboratories | Method and apparatus for noninvasively analyzing flowable products |
US5906580A (en) | 1997-05-05 | 1999-05-25 | Creare Inc. | Ultrasound system and method of administering ultrasound including a plurality of multi-layer transducer elements |
EP0998217B1 (en) | 1997-05-23 | 2009-01-07 | ProRhythm, Inc. | Disposable high intensity focused ultrasound applicator |
US6231507B1 (en) | 1997-06-02 | 2001-05-15 | Vnus Medical Technologies, Inc. | Pressure tourniquet with ultrasound window and method of use |
US5931786A (en) | 1997-06-13 | 1999-08-03 | Barzell Whitmore Maroon Bells, Inc. | Ultrasound probe support and stepping device |
US6042590A (en) | 1997-06-16 | 2000-03-28 | Novomedics, Llc | Apparatus and methods for fallopian tube occlusion |
JP2002516586A (en) | 1997-06-23 | 2002-06-04 | ティーエイチエス インターナショナル,インコーポレイテッド | Method and apparatus for providing acoustic hemostasis |
US5957849A (en) | 1997-06-30 | 1999-09-28 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Endoluminal ultrasound-guided resectoscope |
US5879314A (en) * | 1997-06-30 | 1999-03-09 | Cybersonics, Inc. | Transducer assembly and method for coupling ultrasonic energy to a body for thrombolysis of vascular thrombi |
US6056721A (en) * | 1997-08-08 | 2000-05-02 | Sunscope International, Inc. | Balloon catheter and method |
CA2300817A1 (en) | 1997-08-19 | 1999-02-25 | John D. Mendlein | Ultrasonic transmission films and devices, particularly for hygienic transducer surfaces |
US6033506A (en) * | 1997-09-02 | 2000-03-07 | Lockheed Martin Engery Research Corporation | Process for making carbon foam |
US6037032A (en) * | 1997-09-02 | 2000-03-14 | Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corp. | Pitch-based carbon foam heat sink with phase change material |
US6548047B1 (en) * | 1997-09-15 | 2003-04-15 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. | Thermal preactivation of gaseous precursor filled compositions |
US5964782A (en) | 1997-09-18 | 1999-10-12 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Closure device and method |
US6078831A (en) | 1997-09-29 | 2000-06-20 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Intravascular imaging guidewire |
US6050943A (en) * | 1997-10-14 | 2000-04-18 | Guided Therapy Systems, Inc. | Imaging, therapy, and temperature monitoring ultrasonic system |
US6233477B1 (en) | 1997-10-20 | 2001-05-15 | Irvine Biomedical, Inc. | Catheter system having controllable ultrasound locating means |
US6071239A (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2000-06-06 | Cribbs; Robert W. | Method and apparatus for lipolytic therapy using ultrasound energy |
US6007499A (en) | 1997-10-31 | 1999-12-28 | University Of Washington | Method and apparatus for medical procedures using high-intensity focused ultrasound |
US9198635B2 (en) * | 1997-10-31 | 2015-12-01 | University Of Washington | Method and apparatus for preparing organs and tissues for laparoscopic surgery |
US5951476A (en) | 1997-11-14 | 1999-09-14 | Beach; Kirk Watson | Method for detecting brain microhemorrhage |
US6120453A (en) * | 1997-11-17 | 2000-09-19 | Sharp; William A. | Three-dimensional ultrasound system based on the coordination of multiple ultrasonic transducers |
US6280388B1 (en) | 1997-11-19 | 2001-08-28 | Boston Scientific Technology, Inc. | Aerogel backed ultrasound transducer |
US5919139A (en) | 1997-12-19 | 1999-07-06 | Diasonics Ultrasound | Vibrational doppler ultrasonic imaging |
US6406759B1 (en) | 1998-01-08 | 2002-06-18 | The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Remote exposure of workpieces using a recirculated plasma |
WO1999035893A2 (en) * | 1998-01-08 | 1999-07-15 | The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Paraelectric gas flow accelerator |
CN1058905C (en) * | 1998-01-25 | 2000-11-29 | 重庆海扶(Hifu)技术有限公司 | High-intensity focus supersonic tumor scanning therapy system |
US6562037B2 (en) | 1998-02-12 | 2003-05-13 | Boris E. Paton | Bonding of soft biological tissues by passing high frequency electric current therethrough |
US5997481A (en) | 1998-02-17 | 1999-12-07 | Ultra Sound Probe Covers, Llc | Probe cover with deformable membrane gel reservoir |
US6013031A (en) * | 1998-03-09 | 2000-01-11 | Mendlein; John D. | Methods and devices for improving ultrasonic measurements using anatomic landmarks and soft tissue correction |
AU3208299A (en) | 1998-03-26 | 1999-10-18 | Exogen, Inc. | Arrays made from flexible transducer elements |
US6246156B1 (en) | 1998-03-27 | 2001-06-12 | Ngk Insulators, Ltd. | Piezoelectric/electrostrictive element |
US5935144A (en) | 1998-04-09 | 1999-08-10 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Double sealed acoustic isolation members for ultrasonic |
US6106463A (en) | 1998-04-20 | 2000-08-22 | Wilk; Peter J. | Medical imaging device and associated method including flexible display |
DE69933555T2 (en) | 1998-05-06 | 2007-06-14 | Exogen, Inc., Memphis | ULTRASOUND SUPPORTS |
FR2778573B1 (en) | 1998-05-13 | 2000-09-22 | Technomed Medical Systems | FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT IN A HIGH INTENSITY FOCUSED ULTRASOUND TREATMENT APPARATUS |
US5976092A (en) | 1998-06-15 | 1999-11-02 | Chinn; Douglas O. | Combination stereotactic surgical guide and ultrasonic probe |
US6039694A (en) * | 1998-06-25 | 2000-03-21 | Sonotech, Inc. | Coupling sheath for ultrasound transducers |
US6042556A (en) * | 1998-09-04 | 2000-03-28 | University Of Washington | Method for determining phase advancement of transducer elements in high intensity focused ultrasound |
US6036650A (en) * | 1998-09-15 | 2000-03-14 | Endosonics Corporation | Ultrasonic imaging system and method with ringdown reduction |
US6425867B1 (en) | 1998-09-18 | 2002-07-30 | University Of Washington | Noise-free real time ultrasonic imaging of a treatment site undergoing high intensity focused ultrasound therapy |
US6277077B1 (en) * | 1998-11-16 | 2001-08-21 | Cardiac Pathways Corporation | Catheter including ultrasound transducer with emissions attenuation |
US6254601B1 (en) | 1998-12-08 | 2001-07-03 | Hysterx, Inc. | Methods for occlusion of the uterine arteries |
US6213939B1 (en) * | 1998-12-10 | 2001-04-10 | Mcewen James Allen | Hazard monitor for surgical tourniquet systems |
US6102860A (en) | 1998-12-24 | 2000-08-15 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Ultrasound transducer for three-dimensional imaging |
US6206843B1 (en) * | 1999-01-28 | 2001-03-27 | Ultra Cure Ltd. | Ultrasound system and methods utilizing same |
US6248124B1 (en) | 1999-02-22 | 2001-06-19 | Tyco Healthcare Group | Arterial hole closure apparatus |
US6193660B1 (en) | 1999-03-31 | 2001-02-27 | Acuson Corporation | Medical diagnostic ultrasound system and method for region of interest determination |
IL129461A0 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2000-02-29 | F R A Y Project Dev Ltd | 3-D ultrasound imaging system |
US6179831B1 (en) * | 1999-04-29 | 2001-01-30 | Galil Medical Ltd. | Method of cryoablating benign prostate hyperplasia |
US6259945B1 (en) * | 1999-04-30 | 2001-07-10 | Uromed Corporation | Method and device for locating a nerve |
US6217530B1 (en) | 1999-05-14 | 2001-04-17 | University Of Washington | Ultrasonic applicator for medical applications |
FR2794018B1 (en) * | 1999-05-26 | 2002-05-24 | Technomed Medical Systems | ULTRASONIC LOCATION AND TREATMENT APPARATUS |
US7534209B2 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2009-05-19 | Physiosonics, Inc. | Device and method for mapping and tracking blood flow and determining parameters of blood flow |
US6682483B1 (en) * | 1999-05-28 | 2004-01-27 | Vuesonix Sensors, Inc. | Device and method for mapping and tracking blood flow and determining parameters of blood flow |
US6398792B1 (en) | 1999-06-21 | 2002-06-04 | O'connor Lawrence | Angioplasty catheter with transducer using balloon for focusing of ultrasonic energy and method for use |
US6533726B1 (en) * | 1999-08-09 | 2003-03-18 | Riverside Research Institute | System and method for ultrasonic harmonic imaging for therapy guidance and monitoring |
US6361548B1 (en) | 1999-08-20 | 2002-03-26 | Mcewen James Allen | Limb protection sleeve for matching tourniquet cuff |
US6706892B1 (en) * | 1999-09-07 | 2004-03-16 | Conjuchem, Inc. | Pulmonary delivery for bioconjugation |
AU7362400A (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2001-04-10 | Transurgical, Inc. | Occlusion of tubular anatomical structures by energy application |
US6200268B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2001-03-13 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Vascular plaque characterization |
US7510536B2 (en) * | 1999-09-17 | 2009-03-31 | University Of Washington | Ultrasound guided high intensity focused ultrasound treatment of nerves |
US6231561B1 (en) | 1999-09-20 | 2001-05-15 | Appriva Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for closing a body lumen |
US6443894B1 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2002-09-03 | Acuson Corporation | Medical diagnostic ultrasound system and method for mapping surface data for three dimensional imaging |
US6868739B1 (en) * | 1999-10-19 | 2005-03-22 | Transonic Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus to measure blood flow by an introduced volume change |
US20050240170A1 (en) * | 1999-10-25 | 2005-10-27 | Therus Corporation | Insertable ultrasound probes, systems, and methods for thermal therapy |
AU2619301A (en) | 1999-10-25 | 2001-06-06 | Therus Corporation | Use of focused ultrasound for vascular sealing |
US6626855B1 (en) | 1999-11-26 | 2003-09-30 | Therus Corpoation | Controlled high efficiency lesion formation using high intensity ultrasound |
EP1241994A4 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2005-12-14 | Therus Corp | Ultrasound transducers for imaging and therapy |
US7706882B2 (en) * | 2000-01-19 | 2010-04-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Methods of using high intensity focused ultrasound to form an ablated tissue area |
US6595934B1 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2003-07-22 | Medtronic Xomed, Inc. | Methods of skin rejuvenation using high intensity focused ultrasound to form an ablated tissue area containing a plurality of lesions |
US6409720B1 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2002-06-25 | Medtronic Xomed, Inc. | Methods of tongue reduction using high intensity focused ultrasound to form an ablated tissue area containing a plurality of lesions |
US6520915B1 (en) * | 2000-01-28 | 2003-02-18 | U-Systems, Inc. | Ultrasound imaging system with intrinsic doppler capability |
AU2001236731A1 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2001-08-20 | Harmonia Medical Technologies Inc. | Transurethral volume reduction of the prostate (tuvor) |
US20020032394A1 (en) * | 2000-03-08 | 2002-03-14 | Axel Brisken | Methods, systems, and kits for plaque stabilization |
US6633658B1 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2003-10-14 | Senorx, Inc. | System and method for managing intermittent interference on imaging systems |
AU2001249874A1 (en) | 2000-04-27 | 2001-11-12 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for assessing transmurality of ablation lesions |
US6905498B2 (en) | 2000-04-27 | 2005-06-14 | Atricure Inc. | Transmural ablation device with EKG sensor and pacing electrode |
AU6321301A (en) * | 2000-05-16 | 2001-11-26 | Atrionix Inc | Apparatus and method incorporating an ultrasound transducer onto a delivery member |
GB0018102D0 (en) * | 2000-07-25 | 2000-09-13 | Meritor Light Vehicle Sys Ltd | An actuator |
US6612988B2 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2003-09-02 | Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Ultrasound therapy |
US6522926B1 (en) * | 2000-09-27 | 2003-02-18 | Cvrx, Inc. | Devices and methods for cardiovascular reflex control |
US6845267B2 (en) * | 2000-09-28 | 2005-01-18 | Advanced Bionics Corporation | Systems and methods for modulation of circulatory perfusion by electrical and/or drug stimulation |
US6955648B2 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2005-10-18 | New Health Sciences, Inc. | Precision brain blood flow assessment remotely in real time using nanotechnology ultrasound |
IL138926A0 (en) | 2000-10-06 | 2001-11-25 | Notal Vision Ltd | Method and system for detecting eye disease |
US6524246B1 (en) | 2000-10-13 | 2003-02-25 | Sonocine, Inc. | Ultrasonic cellular tissue screening tool |
US6616624B1 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2003-09-09 | Cvrx, Inc. | Systems and method for controlling renovascular perfusion |
US6679855B2 (en) * | 2000-11-07 | 2004-01-20 | Gerald Horn | Method and apparatus for the correction of presbyopia using high intensity focused ultrasound |
US7022077B2 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2006-04-04 | Allez Physionix Ltd. | Systems and methods for making noninvasive assessments of cardiac tissue and parameters |
WO2002043564A2 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2002-06-06 | Allez Physionix Limited | Systems and methods for making non-invasive physiological assessments |
US20030009194A1 (en) * | 2000-12-07 | 2003-01-09 | Saker Mark B. | Tissue tract sealing device |
SE0100160D0 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2001-01-22 | Atos Medical Ab | Method and apparatus for high energetic ultrasonic tissue treatment |
US7053092B2 (en) * | 2001-01-29 | 2006-05-30 | Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 5-HT1a receptor subtype agonist |
ATE308922T1 (en) | 2001-03-02 | 2005-11-15 | Palti Yoram Prof | DEVICE FOR DETECTING ARTERIAL STENOSIS |
US6785571B2 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2004-08-31 | Neil David Glossop | Device and method for registering a position sensor in an anatomical body |
WO2002087692A1 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2002-11-07 | The Procter & Gamble Company | A method and apparatus for the treatment of cosmetic skin conditioins |
US6576168B2 (en) | 2001-05-22 | 2003-06-10 | Poco Graphite, Inc. | Process for making carbon foam induced by process depressurization |
US6559644B2 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2003-05-06 | Insightec - Txsonics Ltd. | MRI-based temperature mapping with error compensation |
JPWO2002100486A1 (en) | 2001-06-07 | 2004-09-24 | 崇 岡井 | Uterine fibroid treatment method and apparatus |
US6735461B2 (en) | 2001-06-19 | 2004-05-11 | Insightec-Txsonics Ltd | Focused ultrasound system with MRI synchronization |
US6932771B2 (en) | 2001-07-09 | 2005-08-23 | Civco Medical Instruments Co., Inc. | Tissue warming device and method |
FR2827149B1 (en) | 2001-07-13 | 2003-10-10 | Technomed Medical Systems | FOCUSED ULTRASOUND TREATMENT PROBE |
US20040078034A1 (en) * | 2001-07-16 | 2004-04-22 | Acker David E | Coagulator and spinal disk surgery |
US6682547B2 (en) * | 2001-08-14 | 2004-01-27 | Mcewen James Allen | Tourniquet cuff with identification apparatus |
US20030069569A1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2003-04-10 | Burdette Everette C. | Ultrasound device for treatment of intervertebral disc tissue |
US6702835B2 (en) * | 2001-09-07 | 2004-03-09 | Core Medical, Inc. | Needle apparatus for closing septal defects and methods for using such apparatus |
US6895267B2 (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2005-05-17 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for guiding and locating functional elements on medical devices positioned in a body |
US6709407B2 (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2004-03-23 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Method and apparatus for fetal audio stimulation |
US20050101841A9 (en) * | 2001-12-04 | 2005-05-12 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Healthcare networks with biosensors |
US6780155B2 (en) * | 2001-12-18 | 2004-08-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics | Method and system for ultrasound blood flow imaging and volume flow calculations |
SE520858C2 (en) * | 2002-01-15 | 2003-09-02 | Ultrazonix Dnt Ab | Device with both therapeutic and diagnostic sensors for non-invasive ultrasound treatment of an object |
US6755789B2 (en) | 2002-02-05 | 2004-06-29 | Inceptio Medical Technologies, Llc | Ultrasonic vascular imaging system and method of blood vessel cannulation |
US6719699B2 (en) * | 2002-02-07 | 2004-04-13 | Sonotech, Inc. | Adhesive hydrophilic membranes as couplants in ultrasound imaging applications |
DE10209380B4 (en) | 2002-03-02 | 2009-01-15 | Richard Wolf Gmbh | Shock wave converter |
US7128711B2 (en) | 2002-03-25 | 2006-10-31 | Insightec, Ltd. | Positioning systems and methods for guided ultrasound therapy systems |
US6978174B2 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2005-12-20 | Ardian, Inc. | Methods and devices for renal nerve blocking |
US7617005B2 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2009-11-10 | Ardian, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation |
US7162303B2 (en) * | 2002-04-08 | 2007-01-09 | Ardian, Inc. | Renal nerve stimulation method and apparatus for treatment of patients |
US7653438B2 (en) * | 2002-04-08 | 2010-01-26 | Ardian, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation |
US8347891B2 (en) * | 2002-04-08 | 2013-01-08 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. | Methods and apparatus for performing a non-continuous circumferential treatment of a body lumen |
US7620451B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2009-11-17 | Ardian, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for pulsed electric field neuromodulation via an intra-to-extravascular approach |
US20030208101A1 (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2003-11-06 | Cecchi Michael D. | Embryo-implanting catheter control system and method of the same |
WO2003096883A2 (en) * | 2002-05-16 | 2003-11-27 | Barbara Ann Karmanos Cancer Institute | Combined diagnostic and therapeutic ultrasound system |
CA2492140A1 (en) | 2002-07-12 | 2004-01-22 | Iscience Surgical Corporation | Ultrasound interfacing device for tissue imaging |
US7211045B2 (en) | 2002-07-22 | 2007-05-01 | Ep Medsystems, Inc. | Method and system for using ultrasound in cardiac diagnosis and therapy |
US20040054287A1 (en) * | 2002-08-29 | 2004-03-18 | Stephens Douglas Neil | Ultrasonic imaging devices and methods of fabrication |
US20040122493A1 (en) | 2002-09-09 | 2004-06-24 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Ultrasonic irradiation apparatus |
US20040059265A1 (en) * | 2002-09-12 | 2004-03-25 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Dynamic acoustic focusing utilizing time reversal |
US7052463B2 (en) | 2002-09-25 | 2006-05-30 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Method and apparatus for cooling a contacting surface of an ultrasound probe |
US7260250B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2007-08-21 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Computer-aided classification of anomalies in anatomical structures |
US6709392B1 (en) * | 2002-10-10 | 2004-03-23 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Imaging ultrasound transducer temperature control system and method using feedback |
US7697972B2 (en) | 2002-11-19 | 2010-04-13 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | Navigation system for cardiac therapies |
US6846291B2 (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2005-01-25 | Sonotech, Inc. | Production of lubricious coating on adhesive hydrogels |
US6831394B2 (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2004-12-14 | General Electric Company | Backing material for micromachined ultrasonic transducer devices |
US6843771B2 (en) | 2003-01-15 | 2005-01-18 | Salutron, Inc. | Ultrasonic monitor for measuring heart rate and blood flow rate |
US20040158154A1 (en) | 2003-02-06 | 2004-08-12 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Portable three dimensional diagnostic ultrasound imaging methods and systems |
US20040162507A1 (en) * | 2003-02-19 | 2004-08-19 | Assaf Govari | Externally-applied high intensity focused ultrasound (HIFU) for therapeutic treatment |
US7684865B2 (en) * | 2003-03-14 | 2010-03-23 | Endovx, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treatment of obesity |
WO2004086086A2 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2004-10-07 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Guidance of invasive medical devices with combined three dimensional ultrasonic imaging system |
DE602004017248D1 (en) | 2003-05-19 | 2008-12-04 | Ust Inc | Geometrically shaped hydrogel coupling bodies for high intensity focused ultrasound treatment |
US7074218B2 (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2006-07-11 | Ethicon, Inc. | Multi-modality ablation device |
KR100558041B1 (en) * | 2003-08-19 | 2006-03-07 | 매그나칩 반도체 유한회사 | Transistor in a semiconductor device and a method of manufacturing the same |
US8354773B2 (en) * | 2003-08-22 | 2013-01-15 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Composite acoustic absorber for ultrasound transducer backing material |
US20050165298A1 (en) * | 2003-09-04 | 2005-07-28 | Crum, Kaminski & Larson, Llc | Treatment of cardiac tissue following myocardial infarction utilizing high intensity focused ultrasound |
US20050065436A1 (en) * | 2003-09-23 | 2005-03-24 | Ho Winston Zonh | Rapid and non-invasive optical detection of internal bleeding |
AU2004214572B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2010-04-29 | Olympus Corporation | Inserting shape detecting probe |
US7285093B2 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2007-10-23 | Imadent Ltd. | systems for ultrasonic imaging of a jaw, methods of use thereof and coupling cushions suited for use in the mouth |
US20050090104A1 (en) * | 2003-10-27 | 2005-04-28 | Kai Yang | Slurry compositions for chemical mechanical polishing of copper and barrier films |
US20050124884A1 (en) * | 2003-12-05 | 2005-06-09 | Mirsaid Bolorforosh | Multidimensional transducer systems and methods for intra patient probes |
WO2005056105A2 (en) | 2003-12-11 | 2005-06-23 | Hans-Werner Bender | Device consisting of a sonic applicator and a carrier element |
US7125383B2 (en) | 2003-12-30 | 2006-10-24 | General Electric Company | Method and apparatus for ultrasonic continuous, non-invasive blood pressure monitoring |
WO2005067392A2 (en) * | 2004-01-20 | 2005-07-28 | Topspin Medical (Israel) Ltd. | Mri probe for prostate imaging |
WO2005079492A2 (en) | 2004-02-17 | 2005-09-01 | Traxtal Technologies Inc. | Method and apparatus for registration, verification, and referencing of internal organs |
US7654958B2 (en) * | 2004-04-20 | 2010-02-02 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | Method and apparatus for ultrasound imaging with autofrequency selection |
US8727987B2 (en) * | 2004-05-06 | 2014-05-20 | Nanyang Technological University | Mechanical manipulator for HIFU transducers |
GB2417080B (en) | 2004-08-13 | 2008-05-21 | Stichting Tech Wetenschapp | Intravascular ultrasound techniques |
US8409099B2 (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2013-04-02 | Insightec Ltd. | Focused ultrasound system for surrounding a body tissue mass and treatment method |
US7530958B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2009-05-12 | Guided Therapy Systems, Inc. | Method and system for combined ultrasound treatment |
JP2008519642A (en) * | 2004-11-12 | 2008-06-12 | ケーピーイー リミテッド | Nanoparticle-mediated ultrasound therapy and diagnostic imaging |
CA2587522A1 (en) * | 2004-11-15 | 2006-05-26 | Christopher Decharms | Stimulation of neural tissue with light |
US7713210B2 (en) * | 2004-11-23 | 2010-05-11 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | Method and apparatus for localizing an ultrasound catheter |
US7553284B2 (en) * | 2005-02-02 | 2009-06-30 | Vaitekunas Jeffrey J | Focused ultrasound for pain reduction |
US7499748B2 (en) * | 2005-04-11 | 2009-03-03 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Transvascular neural stimulation device |
EP1874192B1 (en) | 2005-04-14 | 2017-06-07 | Verasonics, Inc. | Ultrasound imaging system with pixel oriented processing |
US7621873B2 (en) * | 2005-08-17 | 2009-11-24 | University Of Washington | Method and system to synchronize acoustic therapy with ultrasound imaging |
WO2007025244A2 (en) * | 2005-08-25 | 2007-03-01 | Houle Philip R | Treatment systems for delivery of sensitizer solutions |
US8167805B2 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2012-05-01 | Kona Medical, Inc. | Systems and methods for ultrasound applicator station keeping |
AU2006315829B2 (en) * | 2005-11-10 | 2011-01-27 | ElectroCore, LLC. | Electrical stimulation treatment of bronchial constriction |
US20070167806A1 (en) * | 2005-11-28 | 2007-07-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Multi-modality imaging and treatment |
WO2007075593A1 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2007-07-05 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Apparatus and method for modulating the baroreflex system |
US20070149880A1 (en) | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Device and method for determining the location of a vascular opening prior to application of HIFU energy to seal the opening |
US20080039746A1 (en) * | 2006-05-25 | 2008-02-14 | Medtronic, Inc. | Methods of using high intensity focused ultrasound to form an ablated tissue area containing a plurality of lesions |
ES2928065T3 (en) * | 2006-06-28 | 2022-11-15 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg | Thermally induced renal neuromodulation systems |
US7469572B2 (en) * | 2006-07-17 | 2008-12-30 | Kci Licensing, Inc. | Measurement of moisture vapor transfer rate |
US20080033292A1 (en) * | 2006-08-02 | 2008-02-07 | Insightec Ltd | Ultrasound patient interface device |
CN100574829C (en) * | 2006-08-24 | 2009-12-30 | 重庆融海超声医学工程研究中心有限公司 | A kind of high-strength focus supersonic therapeutic system of image documentation equipment guiding |
WO2008115830A2 (en) * | 2007-03-16 | 2008-09-25 | Cyberheart, Inc. | Radiation treatment planning and delivery for moving targets in the heart |
US20080311045A1 (en) | 2007-06-06 | 2008-12-18 | Biovaluation & Analysis, Inc. | Polymersomes for Use in Acoustically Mediated Intracellular Drug Delivery in vivo |
EP2190532A1 (en) | 2007-07-31 | 2010-06-02 | M. Bret Schneider | Device and method for hypertension treatment by non-invasive stimulation to vascular baroreceptors |
EP2181342B1 (en) | 2007-08-23 | 2017-03-15 | Verasonics, Inc. | Adaptive ultrasound image reconstruction based on sensing of local media motion |
US8251908B2 (en) | 2007-10-01 | 2012-08-28 | Insightec Ltd. | Motion compensated image-guided focused ultrasound therapy system |
US10035027B2 (en) | 2007-10-31 | 2018-07-31 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Device and method for ultrasonic neuromodulation via stereotactic frame based technique |
EP2227147A1 (en) * | 2007-11-21 | 2010-09-15 | Focus Surgery, Inc. | Method of diagnosis and treatment of tumors using high intensity focused ultrasound |
US20090247911A1 (en) * | 2008-03-25 | 2009-10-01 | Petr Novak | Multiple-angle switched high intensity focused ultrasound |
US20090264755A1 (en) | 2008-04-22 | 2009-10-22 | National Taiwan University | High-Intensity Ultrasonic Vessel Ablator Using Blood Flow Signal for Precise Positioning |
AU2009244058B2 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2015-07-02 | Nuvaira, Inc | Systems, assemblies, and methods for treating a bronchial tree |
CA2728998C (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2021-11-16 | Verasonics, Inc. | High frame rate quantitative doppler flow imaging using unfocused transmit beams |
EP2349452B1 (en) * | 2008-10-21 | 2016-05-11 | Microcube, LLC | Microwave treatment devices |
KR101143645B1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2012-05-09 | 주세은 | Transcranial low-intensity ultrasound delivery device and non-invasive modulation of brain function |
EP3132828B1 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2017-10-11 | ReCor Medical, Inc. | Apparatus for treatment of hypertension through percutaneous ultrasound renal denervation |
JP6042723B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2016-12-14 | コナ メディカル, インコーポレイテッド | Method and apparatus for non-invasive treatment of hypertension by ultrasonic renal nerve removal |
-
2006
- 2006-10-19 US US11/583,569 patent/US8167805B2/en active Active
- 2006-10-19 US US11/583,656 patent/US20070213616A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-10-19 WO PCT/US2006/041163 patent/WO2007047993A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-10-19 US US11/583,256 patent/US20070233185A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2011
- 2011-05-27 US US13/118,144 patent/US20110230763A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-05-27 US US13/118,245 patent/US20110230796A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-09-26 US US13/245,703 patent/US8372009B2/en active Active
-
2012
- 2012-01-05 US US13/344,417 patent/US20120109023A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2012-09-14 US US13/618,361 patent/US9220488B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5005579A (en) * | 1987-02-17 | 1991-04-09 | Richard Wolf Gmbh | Apparatus for spatial location and destruction of objects inside the body by means of ultrasound |
US5720286A (en) * | 1994-05-30 | 1998-02-24 | Technomed Medical Systems | Use of A-mode echography for monitoring the position of a patient during ultrasound therapy |
US6086535A (en) * | 1995-03-31 | 2000-07-11 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Ultrasound therapeutic apparataus |
US6270458B1 (en) * | 1999-03-05 | 2001-08-07 | Barnev Inc. | Cervix dilation and labor progression monitor |
Cited By (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10335280B2 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2019-07-02 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for ablating target tissue of a patient |
US8845629B2 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2014-09-30 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. | Ultrasound apparatuses for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation |
US9186198B2 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2015-11-17 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. | Ultrasound apparatuses for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods |
US9486270B2 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2016-11-08 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. | Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation |
US10293190B2 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2019-05-21 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. | Thermally-induced renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods |
US10589130B2 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2020-03-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Methods of using high intensity focused ultrasound to form an ablated tissue area containing a plurality of lesions |
US9033889B2 (en) * | 2012-01-11 | 2015-05-19 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Methods, assemblies, and devices for positioning a catheter tip using an ultrasonic imaging system |
US10188831B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2019-01-29 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Systems and methods for catheter tip placement using ECG |
US11607150B2 (en) | 2014-04-08 | 2023-03-21 | Angiodynamics Va Llc | Medical device placement system and a method for its use |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20070213616A1 (en) | 2007-09-13 |
US20110230763A1 (en) | 2011-09-22 |
WO2007047993A3 (en) | 2007-08-30 |
WO2007047993A2 (en) | 2007-04-26 |
US8372009B2 (en) | 2013-02-12 |
US20120059259A1 (en) | 2012-03-08 |
US20130012839A1 (en) | 2013-01-10 |
US9220488B2 (en) | 2015-12-29 |
US8167805B2 (en) | 2012-05-01 |
US20070239000A1 (en) | 2007-10-11 |
US20070233185A1 (en) | 2007-10-04 |
US20110230796A1 (en) | 2011-09-22 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9220488B2 (en) | System and method for treating a therapeutic site | |
US6656136B1 (en) | Use of focused ultrasound for vascular sealing | |
JP7300999B2 (en) | Systems and methods for locating blood vessels in the treatment of rhinitis | |
WO2007073551A1 (en) | Device and method for determining the location of a vascular opening prior to application of hifu energy to seal the opening | |
JP3972129B2 (en) | Catheter device for transvascular, ultrasonic and hemodynamic evaluation | |
JP3300419B2 (en) | Thrombolysis treatment device | |
WO2013055795A1 (en) | Pulsed cavitational ultrasound therapy with shear wave elastography feedback | |
CN109589168B (en) | Cryoballoon catheter and cryoablation system | |
US20240188932A1 (en) | Ultrasound on-probe vibration systems, methods and devices for elastographic and viscoelastographic medical imaging | |
EP3226773B1 (en) | Systems for lesion formation feedback | |
WO2024159049A1 (en) | Ultrasound on-probe vibration systems, methods and devices for elastographic and viscoelastographic medical imaging | |
Guo | Integrated Active Ultrasound Systems for Medical Interventions |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: OTSUKA MEDICAL DEVICES CO., LTD., JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:KONA MEDICAL, INC.;REEL/FRAME:052309/0492 Effective date: 20200318 |